SANFILIPPO JOHN B & SON INC
10-Q, 1998-05-08
SUGAR & CONFECTIONERY PRODUCTS
Previous: CNL INCOME FUND XI LTD, 10-Q, 1998-05-08
Next: PROVIDENTMUTUAL VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT, 497J, 1998-05-08



                                                            
                                     
                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                        WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                     ________________________________

                               FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)

[ X ]	Quarterly Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
        Securities Exchange Act of 1934

               For the quarterly period ended March 26, 1998

[   ]	Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
        Securities Exchange Act of 1934

	For the transition period from ______________ to ______________
                      Commission file number 0-19681

                      JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC.
	(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

            Delaware                                36-2419677
           (State or Other Jurisdiction            (I.R.S. Employer
           of Incorporation or Organization)       Identification Number)

                              2299 Busse Road
                     Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007
                  (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

            Registrant's telephone number, including area code

                               (847) 593-2300



		Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all 
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or 
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file 
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements 
for the past 90 days.

           Yes       X                               No __________

		As of May 8, 1998, 5,461,139 shares of the Registrant's Common 
Stock, $.01 par value per share, excluding 117,900 treasury shares 
and 3,687,426 shares of the Registrant's Class A Common Stock, $.01 
par value per share, were outstanding.

 



                       JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC.

                            INDEX TO FORM 10-Q

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                    PAGE NO.
- ------------------------------                                    --------

Item 1 -- 	Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Statements of Operations for
the quarters and thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998 and March 
27, 1997                                                              3
   		
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 26, 1998
and June 26, 1997                                                     4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
Thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998 and March 27, 1997             5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                            6


Item 2 -- 	Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations                         8

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION
- ---------------------------

Item 2 --       Changes in Securities                                14

Item 6 --       Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K                     14


SIGNATURE                                                            15
- ---------

OMITTED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- ----------------------------                         
None



	
                     PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                     ------------------------------

Item 1 -- Financial Statements
- ------------------------------
 
                     JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             (Unaudited)
           (Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share)


                                      				             	 
                        For the Quarter Ended   For the Thirty-nine Weeks Ended
                        ---------------------   -------------------------------
                        March 26,   March 27,      March 26,       March 27,
                          1998        1997           1998            1997
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------

Net sales               $ 58,145    $ 58,525       $248,084        $234,961
Cost of sales             47,279      48,962        203,911         203,673
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------
Gross profit              10,866       9,563         44,173          31,288
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------
Selling expenses           6,045       5,448         22,670          18,951
Administrative expenses    2,668       2,493          7,820           8,342
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------
                           8,713       7,941         30,490          27,293
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------
Income from operations     2,153       1,622         13,683           3,995
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------

Other income (expense):				
   Interest expense       (2,406)     (2,019)        (6,254)         (6,248)
   Interest income            10           6             23              16
   Gain (loss) on
    disposition of
    properties                 2          --              2              (3)
   Rental income             108         115            380             311
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------
                          (2,286)     (1,898)        (5,849)         (5,924)
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------

Income (loss) before
 income taxes               (133)       (276)         7,834          (1,929)
Income tax
 (expense) benefit            27          84         (3,212)            693
                        ---------   ---------      ---------       ---------
Net income (loss)       $   (106)   $   (192)      $  4,622         $(1,236)
                        =========   =========      =========       =========
Basic earnings (loss)
 per common share       $  (0.01)   $  (0.02)      $   0.51        $  (0.14)
                        =========   =========      =========       =========
Diluted earnings (loss)
 per common share       $  (0.01)   $  (0.02)      $   0.50        $  (0.14)
                        =========   =========      =========       =========



  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                      JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC.
                       CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                              (Unaudited)
                        (Dollars in thousands)
	
                                        March 26,         June 26,
                                          1998              1997     
                                        ---------        ---------
ASSETS
- ------
CURRENT ASSETS:		
    Cash                                $     255        $     631
    Accounts receivable, net               17,921           25,200
    Inventories                           110,315           62,988
    Deferred income taxes                     618              618
    Income taxes receivable                   935            2,830
    Prepaid expenses and other 
     current assets                         3,143            1,419
                                        ---------        ---------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                      133,187           93,686
                                        ---------        ---------

PROPERTIES:		
    Buildings                              55,240           55,211
    Machinery and equipment                69,232           66,019
    Furniture and leasehold improvements    4,987            4,956
    Vehicles                                4,298            4,190
                                        ---------        ---------
                                          133,757          130,376
    Less:  Accumulated depreciation        59,287           53,749
                                        ---------        ---------         
                                           74,470           76,627
    Land                                    1,892            1,892
                                        ---------        ---------
                                           76,362           78,519
                                        ---------        ---------
OTHER ASSETS:		
    Goodwill and other intangibles          7,968            8,667
    Miscellaneous                           7,331            6,545
                                        ---------        ---------
                                           15,299           15,212
                                        ---------        ---------
                                        $ 224,848        $ 187,417
                                        =========        =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ------------------------------------

CURRENT LIABILITIES:		
    Notes payable                       $  51,996        $  19,034
    Current maturities                      4,611            4,937
    Accounts payable                       15,138           11,193
    Accrued expenses                        8,295            8,656
                                        ---------        ---------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                  80,040           43,820
                                        ---------        ---------
LONG-TERM DEBT                             65,450           68,862
                                        ---------        ---------
LONG-TERM DEFERRED INCOME TAXES             1,664            1,664
                                        ---------        ---------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY		
    Preferred Stock                            --               --
    Class A Common Stock                       37               37
    Common Stock                               56               56
    Capital in excess of par value         57,193           57,191
    Retained earnings                      21,612           16,991
    Treasury stock                         (1,204)          (1,204)
                                        ---------        ---------
                                           77,694           73,071
                                        ---------        ---------
                                        $ 224,848        $ 187,417
                                        =========        =========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                        JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (Unaudited)
                          (Dollars in thousands)
														
                                          For the Thirty-nine Weeks Ended
                                          -------------------------------
                                              March 26,      March 27,     
                                                1998           1997
                                              ---------      ---------

Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)                           $   4,622      $  (1,236)
  Adjustments:		
    Depreciation and amortization                 6,261          6,641
    Gain on disposition of properties                (2)            (1)
    Deferred income taxes                            --            390  
    Change in current assets
     and current liabilities:
      Accounts receivable, net                    7,279           (128) 
      Inventories                               (47,327)         3,928
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (1,724)          (827) 
      Accounts payable                            3,945         (1,111)
      Accrued expenses                             (361)          (240)
      Income taxes payable/receivable             1,895           (603)
                                              ---------      ---------
  Net cash provided by (used in)
   operating activities                         (25,412)         6,813
                                              ---------      ---------
		
Cash flows from investing activities:		
  Acquisition of properties                      (3,260)        (4,789) 
  Proceeds from disposition of properties             4              3  
  Other                                            (822)        (1,780)
                                              ---------      ---------
  Net cash used in investing activities          (4,078)        (6,566)
                                              ---------      ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:		
  Net borrowings (repayments) on notes payable   32,962          3,276  
  Principal borrowings of long-term debt             --            133  
  Principal payments on long-term debt           (3,848)        (3,595)
                                              ---------      ---------
  Net cash provided by (used in)
   financing activities                          29,114           (183) 
                                              ---------      ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash                   (376)             64  
Cash:		
  Beginning of period                              631             276
                                              ---------      ---------
  End of period                               $    255       $     340
                                              =========      =========
Supplemental disclosures:		
  Interest paid                               $  6,558       $   6,568   
  Taxes paid                                     3,315             133   

Supplemental disclosure of
 noncash investing and financing activities:         
  Capital lease obligation incurred                110              79   
	


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.







                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              (Unaudited) 
                        (Dollars in thousands)


NOTE 1 - BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
- -------------------------------
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 
John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. ("JBSS") and its wholly owned 
subsidiaries (collectively, with JBSS, the "Company"), including
Sunshine Nut Co., Inc. ("Sunshine").



NOTE 2 - INVENTORIES 
- --------------------                                          
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) 
or market.  Inventories consist of the following:


                                   March 26,       June 26,  
                                     1998            1997
                                   ---------       --------

Raw material and supplies           $ 66,670       $ 29,713
Work-in-process and finished goods    43,645         33,275
                                   ---------       --------
                                    $110,315       $ 62,988
                                   =========       ========


NOTE 3 - EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
- ----------------------------------
Earnings per common share is calculated using the weighted average 
number of shares of Common Stock and Class A Common Stock 
outstanding during the period.  In February 1997, the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 128 "Earnings Per Share" which is 
effective for all reporting periods ending after December 15, 
1997, and requires restatement for all prior periods presented.  
The following tables present the required disclosures under SFAS 
No. 128:

<TABLE>

                          For the Quarter Ended March 26, 1998        For the Quarter Ended March 27, 1997
                          ------------------------------------        ------------------------------------
                           Income         Shares      Per-Share          Income       Shares      Per-Share
                         (Numerator)   (Denominator)   Amount         (Numerator)  (Denominator)    Amount
                         -----------   -------------  ---------       -----------  -------------  ---------
<S>                          <C>          <C>         <C>                <C>         <C>           <C>
Net Income (loss)            $(106)                                      $(192)   
Basic Earnings Per Share						
 Income available to common                                     
 Stockholders                 (106)       9,147,699   $ (0.01)            (192)      9,147,666     $ (0.02)
                                                      ========                                     ========
Effect of Dilutive Securities						
 Stock options                                   --                                         -- 
Diluted Earnings Per Share						
 Income available to common                                     
 Stockholders                $(106)       9,147,699   $ (0.01)           $(192)      9,147,666     $ (0.02)
                             ======       =========   ========           ======      ==========    ========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>

                               For the Thirty-nine Weeks Ended             For the Thirty-nine Weeks Ended  
                                        March 26, 1998                             March 27, 1997
                             -----------------------------------           -----------------------------------
                               Income       Shares     Per-Share             Income       Shares     Per-Share
                             (Numerator) (Denominator)  Amount             (Numerator) (Denominator)   Amount
                             ----------- ------------- ---------           ----------- ------------- ---------
<S>                             <C>        <C>          <C>                  <C>          <C>         <C>
Net Income (loss)               $4,622                                       $(1,236)         
Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 Income available to common                                     
  Stockholders                   4,622     9,147,677    $  0.51               (1,236)     9,147,666   $ (0.14)
                                                        =======                                       ========
Effect of Dilutive Securities						
 Stock options                                23,516                   
Diluted Earnings Per Share						
 Income available to common                                     
  Stockholders                  $4,622     9,171,193    $  0.50              $(1,236)     9,147,666   $ (0.14)
                                ======     =========    =======              ========     =========   ========
</TABLE>

The following table summarizes the weighted-average number of 
options which were outstanding for the periods presented but were 
not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share 
because the exercise prices of the options were greater than the 
average market price of the common shares, or because the options 
were anti-dilutive due to a net loss for the period:

                                                         Weighted-Average
                                     Number of Options     Exercise Price
                                     -----------------   ----------------

Quarter Ended March 26, 1998              400,009             $ 10.24
Quarter Ended March 27, 1997              354,153             $ 11.66
Thirty-nine Weeks Ended March 26, 1998    272,538             $ 12.13
Thirty-nine Weeks Ended March 27, 1997    376,688             $ 11.67
 
 
NOTE 4 - MANAGEMENT'S STATEMENT
- -------------------------------
The unaudited financial statements included herein have been 
prepared by the Company.  In the opinion of the Company's 
management, these statements present fairly the consolidated 
statements of operations, consolidated balance sheets and 
consolidated statements of cash flows, and reflect all normal 
recurring adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are 
necessary for the fair presentation of the results of the interim 
periods.  The interim results of operations are not necessarily 
indicative of the results to be expected for a full year.  The 
data presented on the balance sheet for the transition period 
ended June 26, 1997 were derived from audited financial 
statements.  It is suggested that these financial statements be 
read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes 
thereto included in the Company's Transition Report on Form 10-K 
for the transition period from January 1, 1997 to June 26, 1997.




Item 2

                 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
              FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



GENERAL

On April 30, 1997 the Board of Directors of JBSS voted to, upon 
the approval of its lenders, change the Company's fiscal year from 
a calendar year end to a fiscal year that ends on the final 
Thursday of June of each year.  A Transition Report on Form 10-K 
was filed for the transition period from January 1, 1997 to June 
26, 1997.  This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is for the Company's 
third quarter for the fiscal year ending June 25, 1998.

The Company's business is seasonal.  Demand for peanut and other 
nut products is highest during the months of October through 
December.  Peanuts, pecans, walnuts, almonds and cashews, the 
Company's principal raw materials, are purchased primarily during 
the period from August to February and are processed throughout 
the year.  As a result of this seasonality, the Company's 
personnel and working capital requirements peak during the last 
four months of the calendar year.  Also, due primarily to the 
seasonal nature of the Company's business, the Company maintains 
significant inventories of peanuts, pecans, walnuts, almonds and 
other nuts at certain times of the year, especially during the 
second and third quarters of the Company's fiscal year.  
Fluctuations in the market prices of such nuts may affect the 
value of the Company's inventory and thus the Company's 
profitability.  At March 26, 1998, the Company's inventories 
totaled approximately $110.3 million compared to approximately 
$63.0 million at June 26, 1997, and approximately $79.3 million at 
March 27, 1997.  The increase in inventories at March 26, 1998 
when compared to March 27, 1997 is primarily due to increased 
levels of purchases for certain nuts, especially walnuts and 
pecans.  See "Factors That May Affect Future Results -- 
Availability of Raw Materials and Market Price Fluctuations."


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET SALES.  Net sales decreased slightly from approximately $58.5 
million for the quarter ended March 27, 1997 to approximately 
$58.1 million in the third quarter of fiscal 1998, a decrease of 
approximately $0.4 million, or 0.6%.  The slight decrease was due 
primarily to lower unit volume sales to industrial customers, 
which was partially offset by an increase in unit volume sales to 
retail customers.  For the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998, 
net sales totaled approximately $248.1 million compared to 
approximately $235.0 million for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 
27, 1997, representing an increase of approximately $13.1 million, 
or 5.6%.  This increase in net sales was due primarily to an 
increase in unit volume sales to the Company's retail and food 
service customers.  The increase in net sales to retail customers 
was due primarily to increased unit volume sales to existing 
customers and the addition of several new customers.  The increase 
in net sales to food service customers was due primarily to 
additional unit volume sales to airline customers. 

GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit margin increased from 16.3% for the 
quarter ended March 27, 1997 to 18.7% in the third quarter of 
fiscal 1998.  For the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998, the 
gross profit margin increased to 17.8% compared to 13.3% for the 
thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 1997.  The increase in gross 
profit margin for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998 was 
due primarily to (i) a $2.6 million write-down of pecan inventory 
to market value as of September 26, 1996, and corresponding low 
margins on pecan sales for the quarters ended December 31, 1996 
and March 27, 1997, (ii) declines in the market price for 
processed pecan meats relative to the cost of pecan inventory 
throughout the quarter ended September 26, 1996, and (iii) 
increases in net sales as a percentage of total sales to retail 
customers, which generally carry higher margins than sales to the 
Company's other customers, during the thirty-nine weeks ended 
March 26, 1998 compared to the thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 
1997.  The increase in gross profit margin for the quarter ended 
March 26, 1998 was due primarily to (i) low margins on pecan sales 
for the quarter ended March 27, 1997, as discussed above, and (ii) 
increases in net sales as a percentage of total sales to retail 
customers, which generally carry higher margins than sales to the 
Company's other customers, during the quarter ended March 26, 1998 
compared to the quarter ended March 27, 1997.

SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  Selling and administrative 
expenses as a percentage of net sales increased from 13.6% for the 
quarter ended March 27, 1997 to 15.0% in the third quarter of 
fiscal 1998.  Selling expenses as a percentage of net sales 
increased from 9.3% for the quarter ended March 27, 1997 to 10.4% 
in the third quarter of fiscal 1998.  Administrative expenses as a 
percentage of net sales increased from 4.3% for the quarter ended 
March 27, 1997 to 4.6% in the third quarter of fiscal 1998.  
Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales 
for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998 increased to 12.3% 
from 11.6% for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 1997.  
Selling expenses as a percentage of net sales for the thirty-nine 
weeks ended March 26, 1998 increased to 9.1% from 8.1% for the 
thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 1997. Administrative expenses as 
a percentage of net sales for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 
26, 1998 decreased to 3.2% from 3.6% for the thirty-nine weeks 
ended March 27, 1997.  The increase in selling expenses as a 
percentage of net sales for both the quarter and year-to-date 
periods was due primarily to higher promotional allowances to 
support the growth in the Company's sales to retail customers.  
The decrease in administrative expenses as a percentage of net 
sales for the year-to-date period was due primarily to the 
Company's efforts to control administrative expenses coupled with 
an increasing revenue base.  The increase in administrative 
expenses as a percentage of net sales for the quarterly period was 
due primarily to an increase in expenses related to compensation 
programs and a slightly smaller revenue base for this quarter
compared to the same period in fiscal 1997.

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS.  Due to the factors discussed above, 
income from operations increased from approximately $1.6 million, 
or 2.8% of net sales, for the quarter ended March 27, 1997 to 
approximately $2.2 million, or 3.7% of net sales, in the third 
quarter of fiscal 1998.  For the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 
1998, income from operations increased to approximately $13.7 
million, or 5.5% of net sales, from approximately $4.0 million, or 
1.7% of net sales, for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 1997.

INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased from approximately 
$2.0 million for the quarter ended March 27, 1997 to approximately 
$2.4 million in the third quarter of fiscal 1998.  For the thirty-
nine weeks ended March 26, 1998, interest expense was 
approximately $6.3 million, nearly the same as the amount for the 
thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 1997.   The increase in 
quarterly interest expense was due primarily to increased working 
capital requirements related to a higher level of inventory 
purchases.

INCOME TAXES.  The Company recorded an income tax benefit of 
approximately $27 thousand, or 20.3% of the loss before income 
taxes, for the third quarter of fiscal 1998 and an income tax 
expense of approximately $3.2 million, or 41.07% of income before 
income taxes, for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

During the third quarter of fiscal 1998, the Company continued to 
finance its activities through a bank credit facility (the "Bank 
Credit Facility"), $35.0 million borrowed under a long-term 
financing facility originally entered into by the Company in 1992 
(the "Long-Term Financing Facility") and $25.0 million borrowed on 
September 12, 1995 under a long-term financing arrangement (the 
"Additional Long-Term Financing"). 

Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $25.4 
million for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998 compared to 
net cash provided by operating activities of approximately $6.8 
million for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 1997.  The 
significant decrease in cash provided by operating activities was 
due primarily to increased purchases of certain nuts, especially 
walnuts and pecans. The largest component of net cash used in 
operating activities for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 
1998 was an increase of approximately $47.3 million in 
inventories.  During the thirty-nine weeks ended March 26, 1998, 
the Company spent approximately  $3.3 million in capital 
expenditures, compared to approximately $4.8 million for the 
thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 1997, and repaid approximately 
$3.8 million of long-term debt, compared to approximately $3.6 
million for the thirty-nine weeks ended March 27, 1997.  

The Bank Credit Facility was comprised of (i) a working capital 
revolving loan which provided for working capital financing of up 
to approximately $51.7 million, in the aggregate, and matured on 
March 27, 1998, and (ii) an $8.3 million letter of credit to 
secure the industrial development bonds which matures on June 1, 
2002. Borrowings under the working capital revolving loan accrued 
interest at a rate (the weighted average of which was 6.98% at 
March 26, 1998) determined pursuant to a formula based on the 
agent bank's quoted rate, the Federal Funds Rate and the 
Eurodollar Interbank rate. On March 27, 1998 the Bank Credit 
Facility was amended to extend the facility through April 30, 
1998.

On March 31,1998, the Company entered into a new unsecured credit 
facility with certain banks, totaling $70.0 million (the 
"Replacement Credit Facility"), which replaced the Bank Credit 
Facility. The Replacement Credit Facility is comprised of (i) a 
working capital revolving loan which provides for working capital 
financing of up to approximately $61.7 million, in the aggregate, 
and matures on March 31, 2001, and (ii) an $8.3 million letter of 
credit to secure the industrial development bonds which matures on 
June 1, 2002.   Borrowings under the working capital revolving 
loan accrue interest at a rate determined pursuant to a formula 
based on the agent bank's reference rate and the Eurodollar rate.
 
Of the total $35.0 million of borrowings under the Long-Term 
Financing Facility, $25.0 million matures on August 15, 2004, 
bears interest rates ranging from 7.34% to 9.18% per annum payable 
quarterly, and requires equal semi-annual principal installments 
based on a ten-year amortization schedule.  The remaining $10.0 
million of this indebtedness matures on May 15, 2006, bears 
interest at the rate of 9.16% per annum payable quarterly, and 
requires equal semi-annual principal installments based on a ten-
year amortization schedule.  The Long-Term Financing Facility was 
amended on March 31, 1998 to, among other things, convert it from 
a secured to an unsecured credit facility and conform it to 
certain terms of the Replacement Credit Facility.  As of March 26, 
1998, the total principal amount outstanding under the Long-Term 
Financing Facility was $24.8 million.

The Additional Long-Term Financing has a maturity date of 
September 1, 2005 and (i) as to $10.0 million of the principal 
amount thereof, bears interest at an annual rate of 8.3% payable 
semiannually and, beginning on September 1, 1999, requires annual 
principal payments of approximately $1.4 million each through 
maturity, and (ii) as to the other $15.0 million of the principal 
amount thereof, bears interest at an annual rate of 9.38% payable 
semiannually and requires principal payments of $5.0 million each 
on September 1, 2003 and September 1, 2004, with a final payment 
of $5.0 million at maturity on September 1, 2005. The Additional 
Long-Term Financing was amended on March 31, 1998 to, among other 
things, convert it from a secured to an unsecured credit facility 
and conform it to certain terms of the Replacement Credit 
Facility.   As of March 26, 1998, the total principal amount 
outstanding under the Additional Long-Term Financing was $25.0 
million.

The terms of the Company's financing facilities, as amended, 
include certain restrictive covenants that, among other things, 
(i) require the Company to maintain specified financial ratios, 
(ii) limit the Company's capital expenditures to $7.5 million 
annually, and (iii) require that Jasper B. Sanfilippo (the 
Company's Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer) and 
Mathias A. Valentine (a director and the Company's President) 
together with their respective immediate family members and 
certain trusts created for the benefit of their respective sons 
and daughters, continue to own shares representing the right to 
elect a majority of the directors of the Company.  In addition, 
(i) the Long-Term Financing Facility limits the Company's payment 
of dividends to a cumulative amount not to exceed 25% of the 
Company's cumulative net income from and after January 1, 1996; 
(ii) the Additional Long-Term Financing limits cumulative 
dividends to the sum of (a) 50% of the Company's cumulative net 
income (or minus 100% of the Company's cumulative net loss) from 
and after January 1, 1995 to the date the dividend is declared, 
(b) the cumulative amount of the net proceeds received by the 
Company during the same period from any sale of its capital stock, 
and (c) $5.0 million; and (iii) the Replacement Credit Facility 
limits dividends to the lesser of (a) 25% of net income for the 
previous fiscal year, or (b) $5.0 million and prohibits the 
Company from redeeming shares of capital stock.

As of March 26, 1998, the Company had approximately $2.9 million 
of available credit under the Bank Credit Facility.  Approximately 
$3.3 million was incurred on capital expenditures for the thirty-
nine weeks ended March 26, 1998.  No significant capital 
expenditures are anticipated for fiscal 1998. The Company believes 
that cash flow from operating activities and funds available under 
the Replacement Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet working 
capital requirements and anticipated capital expenditures for the 
foreseeable future.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement 
128, "Earnings Per Share", to be effective December 15, 1997.  
This recently issued standard will impact the preparation of, but 
not materially affect, the financial statements of the Company.  
Furthermore, the adoption of FASB 128 will not have a material 
effect on the Company's financial position or its results of 
operations.

The Company has reviewed its existing computer software programs and
operating systems to determine if it has software applications that
contain source codes that are unable to appropriately
interpret the upcoming calendar year 2000.  As a result of such review,
the Company does not believe that such modifications or adjustments
necessary for calendar year 2000 will affect the Company in any
material respect.


FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

	(a)  Availability of Raw Materials and Market Price Fluctuations

The availability and cost of raw materials for the production of 
the Company's products, including peanuts, pecans, other nuts, 
dried fruit and chocolate, are subject to crop size and yield 
fluctuations caused by factors beyond the Company's control, such 
as weather condition and plant diseases. Additionally, the supply 
of edible nuts and other raw materials used in the Company's 
products could be reduced upon any determination by the United 
States Department of Agriculture or other government agency that 
certain pesticides, herbicides or other chemicals used by growers 
have left harmful residues on portions of the crop or that the 
crop has been contaminated by aflatoxin or other agents.  
Shortages in the supply of and increases in the prices of nuts and 
other raw materials used by the Company in its products could have 
an adverse impact on the Company's profitability. Furthermore, 
fluctuations in the market prices of nuts, dried fruit or 
chocolate may affect the value of the Company's inventory and the 
Company's profitability.  For example, during the quarter ended 
September 26, 1996 the Company was required to record a $2.6 
million charge against its earnings to reflect the impact of a 
lower cost or market adjustment of its pecan inventory.  The 
Company has a significant inventory of nuts, dried fruit and 
chocolate that would be adversely affected by any decrease in the 
market price of such raw materials.  See "General" and "Results of 
Operations - Gross Profit".

       (b) Competitive Environment

The Company operates in a highly competitive environment.  The 
Company's principal products compete against food and snack 
products manufactured and sold by numerous regional and national 
companies, some of which are substantially larger and have greater 
resources than the Company, such as Planters Lifesavers Company (a 
subsidiary of RJR Nabisco, Inc.).  The Company also competes with 
other shellers in the industrial market and with regional 
processors in the retail and wholesale markets.  In order to 
maintain or increase its market share, the Company must continue 
to price its products competitively, which may lower revenue per 
unit and cause declines in gross margin, if the Company is unable 
to increase unit volumes as well as reduce its costs.


	(c) Fixed Price Commitments

From time to time, the Company enters into fixed price commitments 
with its customers.  However, such commitments typically represent 
10% or less of the Company's annual net sales and are normally 
entered into after the Company's cost to acquire the nut products 
necessary to satisfy the fixed price commitment is substantially 
fixed.  The Company will continue to enter into fixed price 
commitments in respect to certain of its nut products prior to 
fixing its acquisition cost when, in management's judgment, market 
or crop harvest conditions so warrant.  To the extent the Company 
does so, these fixed price commitments may result in losses.  
Historically, however, such losses have generally been offset by 
gains on other fixed price commitments.  However, there can be no 
assurance that losses from fixed price commitments may not have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

	(d) Federal Regulation of Peanut Prices, Quotas and Poundage 
            Allotments

Peanuts are an important part of the Company's product line.  
Approximately 50% of the total pounds of products processed 
annually by the Company are peanuts, peanut butter and other 
products containing peanuts.  The production and marketing of 
peanuts are regulated by the USDA under the Agricultural 
Adjustment Act of 1938 (the "Agricultural Adjustment Act").  The 
Agricultural Adjustment Act, and regulations promulgated 
thereunder, support the peanut crop by: (i) limiting peanut 
imports, (ii) limiting the amount of peanuts that American farmers 
are allowed to take to the domestic market each year, and (iii) 
setting a minimum price that a sheller must pay for peanuts which 
may be sold for domestic consumption.  The amount of peanuts that 
American farmers can sell each year is determined by the Secretary 
of Agriculture and is based upon the prior year's peanut 
consumption in the United States.  Only peanuts that qualify under 
the quota may be sold for domestic food products and seed. The 
peanut quota for the 1998 calendar year is approximately 1.2 
million tons.  Peanuts in excess of the quota are called 
"additional peanuts" and generally may only be exported or used 
domestically for crushing into oil or meal.  Current regulations 
permit additional peanuts to be domestically processed and 
exported as finished goods to any foreign country.  The quota 
support price for the 1998 calendar year is $615 per ton. 
	
The 1996 Farm Bill extended the federal support and subsidy 
program for peanuts for seven years.  However, there are no 
assurances that Congress will not change or eliminate the program 
prior to its scheduled expiration.  Changes in the federal peanut 
program could significantly affect the supply of, and price for, 
peanuts.  While the Company has successfully operated in a market 
shaped by the federal peanut program for many years, the Company 
believes that it could adapt to a market without federal 
regulation if that were to become necessary.  However, the Company 
has no experience in operating in such a peanut market, and no 
assurances can be given that the elimination or modification of 
the federal peanut program would not adversely affect the 
Company's business.  Future changes in import quota limitations or 
the quota support price for peanuts at a time when the Company is 
maintaining a significant inventory of peanuts or has significant 
outstanding purchase commitments could adversely affect the 
Company's business by lowering the market value of the peanuts in 
its inventory or the peanuts which it is committed to buy.  While 
the Company believes that its ability to use its raw peanut 
inventories in its own processing operations gives it greater 
protection against these changes than is possessed by certain 
competitors whose operations are limited to either shelling or 
processing, no assurances can be given that future changes in, or 
the elimination of, the federal peanut program or import quotas 
will not adversely affect the Company's business.
	
The North American Free Trade Agreement ("NAFTA"), effective 
January 1, 1994, committed the United States, Mexico and Canada to 
the elimination of quantitative restrictions and tariffs on the 
cross-border movement of industrial and agricultural products.  
Under NAFTA, United States import restrictions on Mexican shelled 
and inshell peanuts were replaced by a tariff rate quota, 
initially set at 3,377 tons and which increases by a 3% compound 
rate each year until 2001.  Shipments within the quota's 
parameters enter the U.S. duty-free, while imports above-quota 
parameters from Mexico face tariffs.  The tariffs are being phased 
out gradually and are scheduled to be eliminated by 2001. 

The Uruguay Round Agreement of the General Agreement on Trade and 
Tariffs ("GATT") took effect on July 1, 1995.  Under GATT, the 
United States must allow peanut imports to grow to 5% of domestic 
consumption by 2001, and import quotas on peanuts were replaced by 
high ad valorem tariffs, which must be reduced annually pursuant 
to the terms of GATT.  Also under GATT, the United States may 
continue to limit imports of peanut butter but is permitted to 
establish a tariff rate quota for peanut butter imports based on 
1993 import levels.  Peanut butter imports above the quota are 
subject to an over-quota ad valorem tariff which also must be 
reduced annually pursuant to the terms of GATT.

Although NAFTA and GATT do not directly affect the federal peanut 
program, the federal government may, in future legislative 
initiatives, reconsider the federal peanut program in light of 
these agreements.  The Company does not believe that NAFTA and 
GATT have had a material impact on the Company's business or will 
have a material impact on the Company's business in the near term.


PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION


Item 2 - Changes in Securities
- ------------------------------

As described above under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and 
Capital Resources" under Part I of this report, there are 
restrictive covenants under the Company's financing facilities 
which limit the payment of dividends.


Item 6 -- Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K
- ------------------------------------------

(a)  The exhibits filed herewith are listed in the exhibit index 
which follows the signature page and immediately precedes the 
exhibits filed.
 
(b)  Reports on Form 8-K:  There were no Current Reports on 
Form 8-K filed during the quarter ended March 26, 1998. 




                              SIGNATURE


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on 
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                     JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC.
                                  
Date: May 8, 1998                    By:   /s/ Gary P. Jensen
                                          --------------------
                                          Gary P. Jensen
                                          Executive Vice President, Finance
                                          and Chief Financial Officer


                                EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit
Number                              Description
- --------                       ----------------------
2	None

3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant(2)

3.2	Certificate of Correction to Restated Certificate(2)

3.3	Bylaws of Registrant(1)

4.1	Specimen Common Stock Certificate(3)

4.2	Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate(3)

4.3	Second Amended and Restated Note Agreement by and between the
Registrant and The Prudential Insurance Company of America 
("Prudential") dated January 24, 1997 (the "Long-Term Financing 
Facility")(19)

4.4	7.87% Series A Senior Note dated September 29, 1992 in the
original principal amount of $4.0 million due August 15, 2004 executed 
by the Registrant in favor of Prudential(5)

4.5	8.22% Series B Senior Note dated September 29, 1992 in the
original principal amount of $6.0 million due August 15, 2004 executed 
by the Registrant in favor of Prudential(5)

4.6	8.22% Series C Senior Note dated September 29, 1992 in the
original principal amount of $4.0 million due August 15, 2004 executed 
by the Registrant in favor of Prudential(5)

4.7	8.33% Series D Senior Note dated January 15, 1993 in the original
principal amount of $3.0 million due August 15, 2004 executed by the 
Registrant in favor of Prudential(6)

4.8	6.49% Series E Senior Note dated September 15, 1993 in the
original principal amount of $8.0 million due August 15, 2004 executed 
by the Registrant in favor of Prudential(9)

4.9	8.31% Series F Senior Note dated June 23, 1994 in the original
principal amount of $8.0 million due May 15, 2006 executed by the 
Registrant in favor of Prudential(10)

4.10	8.31% Series F Senior Note dated June 23, 1994 in the original
principal amount of $2.0 million due May 15, 2006 executed by the 
Registrant in favor of Prudential(10)

4.11	Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement dated as of October 19,
1993 by Sunshine in favor of Prudential(8)

4.12	Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Note Agreement dated
May 21, 1997 by and among Prudential, Sunshine and the Registrant(20)

4.13	Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Note Agreement dated
March 31, 1998 by and among Prudential, the Registrant, Sunshine, and 
Quantz Acquisition Co., Inc. ("Quantz").

4.14	Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 by JBS
International, Inc. ("JBSI") in favor of Prudential.

4.15	$1.8 million Promissory Note dated March 31, 1989 evidencing a
loan by Cohen Financial Corporation to LaSalle National Bank ("LNB"), 
as Trustee under Trust Agreement dated March 17, 1989 and known as 
Trust No. 114243(12)

4.16	Modification Agreement dated as of September 29, 1992 by and
among LaSalle National Trust, N.A. ("LaSalle Trust"), a national 
banking association, not personally but as Successor Trustee to LNB 
under Trust Agreement dated March 17, 1989 known as Trust 
Number 114243; the Registrant; Jasper B. Sanfilippo and Mathias A. 
Valentine; and Mutual Trust Life Insurance Company(5)

4.17	Note Purchase Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995 between the
Registrant and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America 
("Teachers")(15)

4.18	8.30% Senior Note due 2005 in the original principal amount of
$10.0 million, dated September 12, 1995 and executed by the Registrant 
in favor of Teachers(15)

4.19	9.38% Senior Subordinated Note due 2005 in the original principal
amount of $15.0 million, dated September 12, 1995 and executed by the 
Registrant in favor of Teachers(15)

4.20	Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995 by Sunshine in
favor of Teachers (Senior Notes)(15)

4.21	Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995 by Sunshine in
favor of Teachers (Senior Subordinated Notes)(15)

4.21	Amendment, Consent and Waiver, dated as of March 27, 1996, by and
among Teachers, Sunshine and the Registrant(17)

4.22	Amendment No. 2 to Note Purchase Agreement dated as of January
24, 1997 by and among Teachers, Sunshine and the Registrant(19)

4.23	Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement dated May 19, 1997 by and
among Teachers, Sunshine and the Registrant(20)

4.24	Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 31,
1998 by and among Teachers, Sunshine, Quantz and the Registrant.

4.25	Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 by JBSI in favor of
Teachers (Senior Notes).

4.26	Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 by JBSI in favor of
Teachers (Senior Subordinated Notes).

10.1	Certain documents relating to $8.0 million Decatur County-
Bainbridge Industrial Development Authority Industrial Development 
Revenue Bonds (John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. Project) Series 1987 
dated as of June 1, 1987(1)

10.2	Industrial Building Lease dated as of October 1, 1991 between
JesCorp, Inc. and LNB, as Trustee under Trust Agreement dated March 17, 
1989 and known as Trust No. 114243(14)

10.3	Industrial Building Lease (the "Touhy Avenue Lease") dated
November 1, 1985 between Registrant and LNB, as Trustee under Trust 
Agreement dated September 20, 1966 and known as Trust No. 34837(11)

10.4	First Amendment to the Touhy Avenue Lease dated June 1, 1987(11)

10.5	Second Amendment to the Touhy Avenue Lease dated December 14,
1990(11)

10.6	Third Amendment to the Touhy Avenue Lease dated September 1,
1991(16)

10.7	Industrial Real Estate Lease (the "Lemon Avenue Lease") dated
May 7, 1991 between Registrant, Majestic Realty Co. and Patrician 
Associates, Inc(1)

10.8	First Amendment to the Lemon Avenue Lease dated January 10,
1996(17)

10.9	Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement made on
September 29, 1992 by LaSalle Trust, not personally but as Successor 
Trustee under Trust Agreement dated February 7, 1979 known as Trust 
Number 100628 in favor of the Registrant relating to the properties 
commonly known as 2299 Busse Road and 1717 Arthur Avenue, Elk Grove 
Village, Illinois(5) 

10.10	Industrial Building Lease dated June 1, 1985 between Registrant
and LNB, as Trustee under Trust Agreement dated February 7, 1979 and 
known as Trust No. 100628(1)

10.11	First Amendment to Industrial Building Lease dated September 29,
1992 by and between the Registrant and LaSalle Trust, not personally 
but as Successor Trustee under Trust Agreement dated February 7, 1979 
and known as Trust Number 100628(5) 

10.12	Second Amendment to Industrial Building Lease dated March 3,
1995, by and between the Registrant and LaSalle Trust, not personally 
but as Successor Trustee under Trust Agreement dated February 7, 1979 
and known as Trust Number 100628(12)

10.13	Ground Lease dated January 1, 1995, between the Registrant and
LaSalle Trust, not personally but as Successor Trustee under Trust 
Agreement dated February 7, 1979 and known as Trust Number 100628(12)

10.14	Party Wall Agreement, dated March 3, 1995, between the
Registrant, LaSalle Trust, not personally but as Successor Trustee 
under Trust Agreement dated February 7, 1979 and known as Trust Number 
100628 and the Arthur/Busse Limited Partnership(12)

10.15	Secured Promissory Note in the amount of $6,223,321.81 dated Sep-
tember 29, 1992 executed by Arthur/Busse Limited Partnership in favor 
of the Registrant(5)

10.16	Tax Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and certain
Stockholders of Registrant prior to its initial public offering(2)

10.17	Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and certain
Stockholders of Registrant prior to its initial public offering(2)

10.18	The Registrant's 1991 Stock Option Plan(1)

10.19	First Amendment to the Registrant's 1991 Stock Option Plan(4)

10.20	John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement
Number One among John E. Sanfilippo, as trustee of the Jasper and
Marian Sanfilippo Irrevocable Trust, dated September 23, 1990, Jasper 
B. Sanfilippo, Marian R. Sanfilippo and Registrant, and Collateral 
Assignment from John E. Sanfilippo as trustee of the Jasper and Marian 
Sanfilippo Irrevocable Trust, dated September 23, 1990, as assignor, to 
Registrant, as assignee(7)

10.21	John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. Split-Dollar Insurance Agreement
Number Two among Michael J. Valentine, as trustee of the Valentine Life 
Insurance Trust, dated May 15, 1991, Mathias Valentine, Mary Valentine 
and Registrant, and Collateral Assignment from Michael J. Valentine, as 
trustee of the Valentine Life Insurance Trust, dated May 15, 1991, as 
assignor, and Registrant, as assignee(7)

10.22	Certain documents relating to Reverse Split-Dollar Insurance
Agreement between Sunshine and John Charles Taylor dated November 24, 
1987(12)

10.23	Outsource Agreement between the Registrant and Preferred
Products, Inc. dated January 19, 1995 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT 
REQUESTED](12)

10.24	Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Preferred Products,
Inc., dated February 24, 1995, amending the Outsource Agreement dated 
January 19, 1994 [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED](12)

10.25	The Registrant's 1995 Equity Incentive Plan(13)

10.26	Promissory Note (the "ILIC Promissory Note") in the original
principal amount of $2.5 million, dated September 27, 1995 and executed 
by the Registrant in favor of Indianapolis Life Insurance Company 
("ILIC")(16)

10.27	First Mortgage and Security Agreement (the "ILIC" Mortgage") by
and between the Registrant, as mortgagor, and ILIC, as mortgagee, dated 
September 27, 1995, and securing the ILIC Promissory Note and relating 
to the property commonly known as 3001 Malmo Drive, Arlington Heights, 
Illinois (16)

10.28	Assignment of Rents, Leases, Income and Profits dated September
27, 1995, executed by the Registrant in favor of ILIC and relating to 
the ILIC Promissory Note, the ILIC Mortgage and the Arlington Heights 
facility(16)

10.29	Environmental Risk Agreement dated September 27, 1995, executed
by the Registrant in favor of ILIC and relating to the ILIC Promissory 
Note, the ILIC Mortgage and the Arlington Heights facility(16)

10.30	Credit Agreement among the Registrant, Bank of America Illinois
("BAI") as agent, NCB, The Northern Trust Company ("NTC") and BAI, 
dated as of March 27, 1996(17)

10.31	Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant and BAI, dated as
of March 27, 1996(17)

10.32	Guaranty Agreement dated as March 27, 1996 by Sunshine in favor
of BAI as agent on behalf of NCB, NTC and BAI(17)

10.33	Amendment No. 1 and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of August
1, 1996 by and among the Registrant, BAI, NCB and NTC(18)

10.34	Amendment No. 2 and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of
October 30, 1996 by and among the Registrant, BAI, NCB and NTC(18)

10.35	Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated as of January 24, 1997
by and among the Registrant, BAI, NCB, and NTC(19)

10.36	Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement dated as of June 2, 1997 by
and among the Registrant, BAI, NCB, and NTC(20)

10.37	Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement dated as of March 27, 1998 by
and among the Registrant, BAI, NCB, and NTC

10.38	Employment Agreement by and between Sunshine and John C. Taylor
dated June 17, 1992(19)

10.39	Employment Agreement by and between Sunshine and Steven G. Taylor
dated June 17, 1992(19)

10.40	Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 among the Registrant,
Sunshine, Quantz, JBSI, U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc. ("USB") as Agent, 
Keybank National Association ("KNA"), and LNB.

10.41	Revolving Credit Note in the principal amount of $35.0 million
executed by the Registrant, Sunshine, Quantz and JBSI in favor of USB, 
dated as of March 31, 1998.

10.42	Revolving Credit Note in the principal amount of $15.0 million
executed by the Registrant, Sunshine, Quantz and JBSI in favor of KNA, 
dated as of March 31, 1998.

10.43	Revolving Credit Note in the principal amount of $20.0 million
executed by the Registrant, Sunshine, Quantz and JBSI in favor of LSB, 
dated as of March 31, 1998.

11      None

15	None

17	None

18	None

24-26	None

27	Financial Data Schedule

99	None

- -------------------------------------------

(1)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration 
Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-43353, as filed 
with the Commission on October 15, 1991 (Commission File No. 
0-19681).

(2)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991 
(Commission File No. 0-19681).

(3)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 3), Registration No. 33-
43353, as filed with the Commission on November 25, 1991 
(Commission File No. 0-19681).

(4)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the second quarter ended June 25, 1992 
(Commission File No. 0-19681).

(5)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current Report 
on Form 8-K dated September 29, 1992 (Commission File No. 0-
19681).

(6)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current Report 
on Form 8-K dated January 15, 1993 (Commission File No. 0-
19681).

(7)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration 
Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-59366, as filed 
with the Commission on March 11, 1993 (Commission File No. 0-
19681).  

(8)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the third quarter ended September 30, 1993 
(Commission File No. 0-19681).

(9)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current Report 
on Form 8-K dated September 15, 1993 (Commission file No. 0-
19681).

(10)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current 
Report and Form 8-K dated June 23, 1994 (Commission File No. 
0-19681).

(11)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
1993 (Commission File No. 0-19681). 

(12)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
1994 (Commission File No. 0-19681).

(13)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter ended March 30, 1995 
(Commission File No. 0-19681).

(14)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the second quarter ended June 29, 1995 
(Commission File No. 0-19681). 

(15)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated September 12, 1995 (Commission File 
No. 0-19681).

(16)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter ended September 28, 
1995 (Commission file No. 0-19681).

(17)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 	ended December 31, 
1995 (Commission file No. 0-19681).

(18)	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated January 24, 1997                 
(Commission file No. 0-19681).

(19) 	Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual 
Report Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 	December 31, 1996 
(Commission file No. 0-19681)

(20)   Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current 
Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 1997                        
(Commission file No. 0-19681)

John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. will furnish any of the above 
exhibits to its stockholders upon written request addressed to the 
Secretary at the address given on the cover page of this Form 10-
Q.  The charge for furnishing copies of the exhibits is $.25 per 
page, plus postage.

 












As of March 31, 1998


John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc.
2299 Busse Road
Elk Grove, Illinois 60007
Attention: Jasper B. Sanfilippo, President

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and 
Restated Note Agreement dated as of January 24, 1997 (as amended 
from time to time, the "Note Agreement") between John B. 
Sanfilippo & Son, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 
and The Prudential Insurance Company of America ("Prudential"), 
pursuant to which the Company issued and sold and Prudential 
purchased the Company's Series A, B, C, D, E and F Senior Notes. 
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein 
shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Note 
Agreement.

Pursuant to the request of the Company and in accordance 
with the provisions of paragraph 11C of the Note Agreement, the 
parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  Amendment.  From and after the date this letter 
becomes effective in accordance with its terms, the Note 
Agreement is amended as follows:

1.1	Paragraph 4A(2) of the Note Agreement is deleted in its 
entirety and the following is hereby substituted therefor:

"4A(2).	Prepayment with Yield-Maintenance Amount 
under Certain Circumstances.  If amounts are to be 
applied to the principal of the Notes pursuant to 
paragraph 6F(iii) or 11U, interest owing thereon and to 
the prepayment date and the Yield-Maintenance Amount, 
if any, with respect to each Note shall be due and 
payable on such date.  Any partial prepayment of the 
Notes pursuant to this paragraph 4A(2) shall be applied 
in satisfaction of required prepayments in the inverse 
order of their scheduled maturity dates."


1.2	Clause (x) of paragraph 5A of the Note Agreement is 
amended to (i) delete in its entirety the phrase "Sections 8.2.1, 
8.2.2, 8.2.4, 8.2.6, 8.2.7, 8.2.10, 8.2.11, 8.2.12, 8.2.14, 
8.2.15 and 8.2.16 of the Bank Agreement" appearing therein and to 
substitute therefor the following:

"Sections 9 and 10 of the Bank Agreement",

and (ii) to delete in its entirety subclause (A) thereof and to 
substitute the following therefor:

"(A) no "Matured Default" (as defined in the Bank 
Agreement has occurred and is continuing under the Bank 
Agreement,"

1.3	Clause (xi) of paragraph 5A of the Note Agreement is 
amended to delete in its entirety the phrase "the borrowing base 
certificate and" appearing therein.

1.4	Paragraph 5B of the Note Agreement is amended to delete 
in its entirety the phrase "the Collateral or" appearing in the 
parenthetical contained in such paragraph 5B.

1.5	Paragraph 5I of the Note Agreement is hereby deleted in 
its entirety and the following is hereby substituted herefor:

"5I.	[Intentionally Omitted];"

1.6	Clause (f) of paragraph 6A of the Note Agreement is 
hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby 
substituted therefor:

"(f)	[Intentionally Omitted];"

1.7	Clause (vi) of paragraph 6B(2) of the Note Agreement is 
hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby 
substituted therefor:

"(vi)	[Intentionally Omitted];"

1.8	Paragraph M of the Note Agreement is deleted in its 
entirety and the following is hereby substituted therefor:

	"6M.  Amendments to Certain Documents.  The
Company will not consent to or permit any amendment,
supplement or other modification of any of the terms or 
provisions contained in, or applicable to the Teachers 
Note Agreement, the Bank Agreement or any document or 
instrument evidencing or applicable to any Subordinated 
Debt other than any such amendment, supplement or other 
modification which:

(i) extends the date or reduces the 
amount of any required repayment or 
redemption, 

(ii) causes the terms and provisions of 
such agreement, document or instrument to 
conform to and in any case not conflict with 
the terms and provisions of this Agreement, 
or 

(iii) solely with respect to the Bank 
Agreement and subject to the terms of 
paragraphs 6R and 6S, increases the principal 
amount of Debt thereunder or pricing 
applicable thereto if no default or event of 
default shall be continuing hereunder or 
under the Bank Agreement at the time (or 
immediately prior to the time) such 
amendment, supplement or modification is 
entered into (or series of related 
amendments, modifications or supplements 
entered into in concert), 

without, in all cases, the consent of the Required 
Holder(s), which consent shall not be unreasonably 
withheld or delayed.  Without limiting the generality 
of the foregoing, the Company will not consent to or 
permit any amendment, supplement or other modification 
which has the effect of (a) increasing the interest 
rate or fees under such agreement (other than the Bank 
Agreement to the extent permitted by the immediately 
preceding sentence), (b) increasing the amount of 
obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary under such 
agreement (other than the Bank Agreement to the extent 
permitted by the immediately preceding sentence), (c) 
amending the financial covenants contained in such 
agreement or (d) with respect to the Teachers Note 
Agreement, permitting any prepayment of obligations 
under such agreement.

1.9	Paragraph 6R of the Note Agreement is hereby amended to 
add to a new clause (g) thereto at the end thereof as follows:

"(g)	Total assets of the Company on an 
unconsolidated basis to be less than 75% of total 
assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a 
consolidated basis at any time."

1.10	Paragraph 6S of the Note Agreement is deleted in its 
entirety and the following is hereby substituted therefor:

"6S.  Subsidiary Indebtedness.  The Company will 
not permit any Subsidiary to create, assume, guarantee 
or otherwise become liable in respect of any 
Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness arising under 
the Guarantees or any Bank Obligations of Subsidiaries 
or any guaranty by Sunshine of the Company described in 
paragraph 6B(2)(ii)) unless at the time such Subsidiary 
becomes liable with respect to such Indebtedness and 
after giving effect thereto Priority Debt shall not 
exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth."

1.11	Clause (iii) of paragraph 6Q of the Note Agreement is 
amended to add at the beginning thereof the following phrase "the 
Bank Agreement or".

1.12	Clause (xv) of paragraph 7A of the Note Agreement is 
amended to delete in its entirety the phrase "an `Event of 
Default' as defined in the Bank Agreement" and to substitute 
therefor the phrase "a `Matured Default' as defined in the Bank 
Agreement".

1.13	Clauses (xviii) and (xx) of paragraph 7A of the Note 
Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and clause (xix) 
of the Note Agreement is hereby renumbered to be clause (xviii) 
of paragraph 7A of the Note Agreement.

1.14	Paragraph 10B of the Note Agreement is hereby amended 
to:

(i) delete in their entirety the following defined 
terms appearing therein: "Collateral Agent", 
"Collateral Agency Agreement", "Collateral Documents", 
and "Security Agreement", and 

(ii) to amend and restate in their entirety the 
defined terms listed below to read as set forth below:

"Ancillary Agreements" shall mean this Agreement, 
the Notes, the Guaranties and the other agreements, 
documents, certificates and instruments now or 
hereafter executed or delivered by the Company, any 
Subsidiary or any Affiliate (or any successor of such 
Person) in connection with this Agreement."

"Bank Agent" shall mean U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, 
Inc., a Colorado corporation, in its capacity as agent 
under the Bank Agreement.

"Bank Agreement" shall mean that certain Credit 
Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 among the Company, 
Sunshine, Quantz and JBS International, Inc. as 
borrowers, and U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc., LaSalle 
National Bank and KeyBank National Association as 
lenders and the Bank Agent as agent for such lenders, 
together with the "Financing Agreements" (as defined 
therein), all as amended, modified and in effect from 
time to time with the consent of the Required 
Holder(s)."

"Bank Obligations" shall mean the "Liabilities" as 
defined in the Bank Agreement (which shall include 
additional advances under the Bank Agreement as amended 
from time to time whether or not permitted under the 
Bank Agreement as of the date hereof but subject to the 
restrictions set forth in paragraph 6M) as in effect on 
the date hereof and with such amendments thereto as the 
Required Holders may consent to in writing.


"Banks" shall mean U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc., 
LaSalle National Bank and KeyBank National Association 
and the Bank Agent in its capacity as such under the 
Bank Agreement, and their respective successor and 
assigns and any other party that becomes a lender under 
the Bank Agreement."

"Fiscal Year" shall mean any period of twelve 
consecutive calendar months ending on the last Thursday 
of June; references to a Fiscal Year with a number 
corresponding to any calendar year (e.g., the "1995 
Fiscal Year") refer to the Fiscal Year ending on the 
date which is the last Thursday in June occurring 
during such calendar year."

1.15	Paragraph 11U of the Note Agreement is amended to 
delete therefrom all references to "the Collateral Agent" and to 
delete the reference to the "Collateral Agency Agreement" 
appearing therein and substitute therefor a reference to 
"paragraph 4A(2) of this Agreement".
 
1.16	Exhibit M to the Note Agreement is hereby amended and 
restated in the form of the Exhibit M attached hereto.

SECTION 2.  Release of Collateral; Consent.  Prudential 
hereby authorizes Bank of America Illinois, in its capacity as 
Collateral Agent under the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency 
Agreement dated as of January 24, 1997, to release any Liens held 
by it for the benefit of Prudential securing the Notes and 
obligations under the Note Agreement simultaneously with the 
release and termination of all "Collateral Documents" (as defined 
in the Note Agreement prior to the effectiveness of this letter). 
 Upon the effectiveness of this letter, Prudential consents to 
(a) the amendment dated as of the date hereof to the Teachers 
Note Agreement in the form of Attachment B hereto and (b) the 
entry by the Company and its Subsidiaries into the Bank Agreement 
in the form of Attachment D hereto.

SECTION 3.  Conditions Precedent.  This letter shall become 
effective as of the date first above written upon the last to 
occur of (i) the return by the Company to Prudential of a 
counterpart hereof duly executed by the Company, the other 
signatories listed below and Prudential, (ii) the execution and 
delivery of a guaranty of the Notes by JBS International, Inc., a 
Barbados corporation, in the form attached hereto as Attachment C 
together with a favorable legal opinion from Jenner & Block 
addressed to Prudential and in form and substance satisfactory to 
Prudential covering the matters stated in the second sentence of 
Sections 3.2 and 3.3 (as to applicable laws) of such guaranty, 
and (iii) the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement attached 
hereto as Attachment D.  The letter should be returned to: 
Prudential Capital Group, Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 5600, 
Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention: Wiley S. Adams.

SECTION 4.  Representations and Warranties.  The Company 
represents and warrants to Prudential on the date hereof and as 
of the date this letter becomes effective in accordance with its 
terms (and the parties hereto agree that the following 
representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been made 
pursuant to the Note Agreement for all relevant purposes hereof):

4.1	Enforceability.  This letter has been duly executed and 
delivered by the Company, and the Note Agreement (before and 
after the effectiveness of this letter) constitutes a legal, 
valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against 
the Company in accordance with its terms except as such 
enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent 
transfer or similar laws of general application relating to 
creditors' rights.

4.2	No Defaults.  No Default or Event of Default has 
occurred and is continuing, and no default has occurred and is 
continuing under the Bank Agreement or under the Teachers Note 
Agreement.

4.3	No Misstatement.  This letter does not contain any 
misstatement of a material fact necessary to make the statement 
or statements of the Company contained herein not misleading, and 
the Company has disclosed to Prudential all facts or 
circumstances of which the Company is aware following due and 
diligent inquiry which are material to, or could adversely affect 
in any way, the purpose or subject matter of this letter and/or 
the consummation of the terms and conditions hereof.

4.4	Other Documents.  The Company has provided Prudential 
with true and correct copies of the Bank Agreement and the 
amendment dated as of the date hereof to the Teachers Note 
Agreement both as in effect on the date hereof.

SECTION 5.  Reference to and Effect on Note Agreement.  Upon 
the effectiveness of this letter, each reference to the Note 
Agreement in any other document, instrument or agreement shall 
mean and be a reference to the Note Agreement as modified by this 
letter.  Except as specifically set forth in Section 1 hereof, 
the Note Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is 
hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

SECTION 6.  Governing Law.  THIS LETTER SHALL BE CONSTRUED 
AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF 
ILLINOIS, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS OF 
SUCH STATE.


SECTION 7.  Counterparts; Section Titles.  This letter may 
be executed in any number of counterparts and by different 
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so 
executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all 
of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same 
instrument.  The section titles contained in this letter are and 
shall be without substance, meaning or content of any kind 
whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the 
parties hereto.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY
                                        OF AMERICA


                                    By: /s/ Mark Hoffmeister
                                           -----------------
                                           Senior Vice President
cc: Timothy R. Donovan                     ---------------------
        Jenner & Block                   



               [SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC.


By: Gary P. Jensen
    ---------------
Title: Executive Vice President,
       Finance and Chief Financial
       Officer
       ---------------------------

The guaranties of the Notes executed
by the undersigned are hereby
ratified and confirmed in all respects:

SUNSHINE NUT CO., INC.


By: Michael J. Valentine
   ---------------------
Title: Assistant Secretary
       -------------------


QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC.


By:  Michael J. Valentine
    ---------------------
Title: Assistant Secretary
       ------------------- 










              GUARANTY AGREEMENT


This Guaranty Agreement (the "Guaranty"), dated as of March 
31, 1998, is made by JBS International, Inc., a Barbados 
corporation ("Guarantor"), in favor of The Prudential Insurance 
Company of America ("Prudential") and each "Prudential Affiliate" 
(as defined in the Amended Agreement referred to below) which 
becomes bound by the Amended Agreement as provided therein, 
together with their respective successors and assigns (each such 
Prudential Affiliate together with Prudential and their 
successors and assigns and each holder of a Note are herein 
referred to individually and collectively as the "Lender").

                    RECITALS:

WHEREAS, John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation ("Borrower"), desires to enter into that certain 
letter amendment dated as of the date hereof (the "Letter 
Amendment") to the Second Amended and Restated Note Agreement 
dated as of January 27, 1997 (as amended by such Letter Amendment 
hereinafter referred to as, the "Amended Agreement") which 
amended and restated in its entirety the Amended and Restated 
Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of October 19, 
1993 under which the Lender has purchased, and the Borrower has 
issued and sold, the Notes (as defined in the Amended Agreement); 
and

WHEREAS, all parties acknowledge that the indebtedness and 
obligations contemplated by the Amended Agreement have been 
incurred for and will inure, in part, to the benefit of the 
Guarantor; and

WHEREAS, in order to enter into the Letter Amendment, Lender 
has required, among other things, that this Guaranty be executed 
and delivered.

NOW THEREFORE, for value received, to satisfy one of the 
conditions precedent to the Letter Amendment, to induce any 
Transferee to accept the transfer of all or any part of any Note, 
and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and 
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor agrees 
as follows:

                     ARTICLE I

                    DEFINITIONS


SECTION 1.1  DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the 
term "Indebtedness" shall mean all of the indebtedness, 
obligations and liabilities existing on the date hereof or 
arising from time to time hereafter, whether direct or indirect, 
joint or several, actual, absolute or contingent, matured or 
unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, 
arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, of the 
Borrower to the Lender and all other holders of Notes under or in 
respect of the Amended Agreement, the Notes or any one or more of 
the other Ancillary Agreements, including, without limitation, 
the principal of and interest and Yield-Maintenance Amount, if 
any, on the Notes.

SECTION 1.2  OTHER DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms that are 
used in this Guaranty and not defined in this Guaranty shall have 
the meaning ascribed to them in the Amended Agreement; provided, 
that, the terms "Environmental Laws", "CERCLA" and "Pension 
Plan", shall have the meanings given such terms in the Bank 
Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof, and such definitions 
are incorporated by reference herein as though set forth fully 
herein.

                        ARTICLE II

                       THE GUARANTY

SECTION 2.1     GUARANTY OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF 
OBLIGATIONS.  Guarantor absolutely, unconditionally and 
irrevocably guarantees the full and prompt payment in United 
States currency when due (whether at maturity, a stated 
prepayment date or earlier by reason of acceleration or 
otherwise) and at all times thereafter, and the due and punctual 
performance, of all Indebtedness together with all costs and 
expenses, including without limitation all court costs and 
expenses and attorneys' fees, paid or incurred by Lender in 
endeavoring to enforce this Guaranty or in pursuing any action 
against Borrower or Guarantor or enforcing any rights of Lender 
in the security for the Indebtedness or for liabilities of the 
Guarantor hereunder, and any taxes, fees or penalties which may 
be paid or payable in connection therewith.  This is a continuing 
guaranty of payment and performance not of collection.

Upon an Event of Default, Lender may, at its sole election 
and without notice, proceed directly and at once against 
Guarantor to seek and enforce performance of, and to collect and 
recover, the Indebtedness, or any portion thereof, without first 
proceeding against Borrower, any other Person, or any security 
for the Indebtedness or for the liability of any such other 
Person or the Guarantor hereunder.  Lender shall have the 
exclusive right to determine the application of payments and 
credits, if any, from Guarantor, Borrower or from any other 
Person on account of the Indebtedness or otherwise.

SECTION 2.2  OBLIGATION, UNCONDITIONAL.  The obligations of 
Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be continuing, absolute and 
unconditional, irrespective of (i) the invalidity or 
unenforceability of any part or all of the Amended Agreement or 
any other Ancillary Agreement; (ii) the absence of any attempt by 
Lender to collect the Indebtedness or any portion thereof from 
Borrower or other action to enforce the same; (iii) the waiver or 
consent by Lender with respect to any provision of the Amended 
Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement or applicable law; 
(iv) any failure by Lender to acquire, perfect or maintain any 
security interest or lien in, or take any steps to preserve its 
rights to any security for the Indebtedness or any portion 
thereof or for the liability of Guarantor hereunder; (v) any 
defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense 
(other than a defense of payment, unless the payment on which 
such defense is based was or is subsequently invalidated, 
declared to be fraudulent or preferential, otherwise avoided 
and/or required to be repaid to Borrower, the Guarantor, the 
estate of either the Borrower or the Guarantor, a trustee, 
receiver or any other Person under any bankruptcy law, state or 
federal law, common law or equitable cause, in which case there 
shall be no defense of payment with respect to such payment) of 
Borrower or any other Person liable on the Indebtedness or any 
portion thereof; (vi) Lender's election, in any proceeding 
instituted under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy 
Code (11 U.S.C. 101 et seq.) (the "Bankruptcy Code"), of the 
application of Section llll(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; (vii) 
any borrowing or grant of a security interest to Lender by 
Borrower, as debtor-in-possession, or extension of credit, under 
Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code; (viii) the disallowance or 
avoidance of all or any portion of Lender's claim(s) for 
repayment of the Indebtedness under the Bankruptcy Code or any 
similar state law or the avoidance of any security for the 
Indebtedness or any security for the liability of the Guarantor 
hereunder; (ix) any amendment to, waiver or modification of, or 
consent under any provision of the Amended Agreement or any other 
Ancillary Agreement; (x) any change in any provision of any 
applicable law or regulation; (xi) any order, judgment, writ, 
award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental 
authority, domestic or foreign, binding on or affecting Guarantor 
or Borrower or any of their assets; (xii) the charter or by-laws 
of Guarantor or Borrower; (xiii) any mortgage, indenture, lease, 
contract, or other agreement (including without limitation any 
agreement with stockholders), instrument or undertaking to which 
Guarantor or Borrower is a party or which purports to be binding 
on or affect Guarantor or Borrower or any of their assets; or 
(xiv) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a 
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.


SECTION 2.3  LENDER'S FREEDOM TO ACT.  Lender is authorized, 
without notice and without affecting the liability of Guarantor 
hereunder, from time to time to (i) renew, extend, accelerate or 
otherwise change the time for payment of, or other terms relating 
to, the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, or otherwise modify, 
amend or change the terms of the Amended Agreement or any of the 
other Ancillary Agreements; (ii) accept partial payments on the 
Indebtedness; (iii) take and hold security or additional 
guaranties or sureties for the Indebtedness or any portion 
thereof or any other liabilities of Borrower, the obligations of 
Guarantor under this Guaranty and the obligations under any other 
guaranties and sureties of the Indebtedness, and exchange, 
enforce, waive, release, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal 
with any such security, guaranty or surety; (iv) apply such 
security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Lender 
may determine in its sole discretion; (v) settle, release, 
compromise, collect or otherwise liquidate the Indebtedness or 
any portion thereof and any security therefor in any manner; (vi) 
extend additional loans, credit and financial accommodations and 
otherwise create additional Indebtedness; (vii) waive strict 
compliance with the terms of the Amended Agreement or the other 
Ancillary Agreements and otherwise forbear from asserting 
Lender's rights and remedies thereunder; (viii) enforce or 
forbear from enforcing the guaranty or surety of any other 
guarantor or surety of the Indebtedness, any portion thereof or 
release any such guarantor or surety; and (ix) assign this 
Guaranty in part or in whole in connection with any assignment of 
the Indebtedness or any portion thereof.

SECTION 2.4  WAIVERS OF GUARANTOR.  Guarantor waives all 
set-offs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for 
performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of 
protest, notices of dishonor and diligence with respect to the 
Indebtedness and the obligations of Guarantor hereunder, the 
filing of any claims with a court in the event of receivership or 
bankruptcy of Borrower, and notices of acceptance of this 
Guaranty.  Guarantor further waives all notices that the 
principal amount, any payment or any portion thereof, any 
interest or Yield- Maintenance Amount on the Indebtedness or any 
portion thereof is due, notices of any and all proceedings to 
collect from Borrower, anyone primarily or secondarily liable 
with respect to the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, or from 
anyone else, and, to the extent permitted by law, notices of 
exchange, sale, surrender or other handling of any security 
securing payment of the Indebtedness or this Guaranty.  The 
Guarantor agrees that the Lender shall not be under any 
obligation to marshall any assets in favor of Guarantor or 
against or in payment of any or all of the Indebtedness.

The Guarantor hereby waives and releases the Borrower from 
any and all "claims" (as defined in Section 101(4) of the 
Bankruptcy Code) to which the Guarantor is or would at any time 
be entitled by virtue of its obligations under this Guaranty, 
including, without limitation, any right of subrogation (whether 
contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or 
otherwise), reimbursement, contribution, indemnity, exoneration 
or similar right against the Borrower.  Guarantor further waives 
any right to demand security from Borrower and any benefit of, 
and any right to participate in, any security given to Lender to 
secure payment of the Indebtedness or any other liability of 
Borrower to Lender.

SECTION 2.5  REVIVAL.  To the extent that Borrower or 
Guarantor makes a payment or payments, or a transfer of an 
interest in any property to Lender or Lender enforces its rights 
in any security for the liabilities of Guarantor hereunder or 
exercises its right of set-off, and such payment, payments, 
transfer, or the proceeds of such enforcement or set-off, or any 
portion of such payment, payments, transfer or proceeds are 
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or 
preferential, set aside, otherwise avoided or required to be 
repaid to Borrower, Guarantor, the estate of Borrower or 
Guarantor, a trustee, receiver or any other party under any 
bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable 
cause, then to the extent of such recovery, avoidance or 
repayment, the obligation or part of such obligation originally 
intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full 
force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such 
payment, enforcement or set-off had not occurred.

SECTION 2.6  OBLIGATION TO KEEP INFORMED.  Guarantor shall 
be responsible for keeping itself informed of the financial 
condition of Borrower and any other Persons primarily or 
secondarily liable on the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, 
and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of 
nonpayment of the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, and 
Guarantor agrees that Lender shall have no duty to advise 
Guarantor of information known to Lender regarding such condition 
or any such circumstance.  If Lender, in its discretion, 
undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such 
information to Guarantor, Lender shall not be under any 
obligation (i) to undertake any investigation, whether or not a 
part of its regular business routine, (ii) to disclose any 
information which Lender wishes to maintain confidential, or 
(iii) to make any other or future disclosures of such information 
or any other information to Guarantor.

SECTION 2.7  BANKRUPTCY.  If any Event of Default specified 
in clauses (viii) to (x), inclusive, of paragraph 7A of the 
Amended Agreement shall occur and be continuing, any and all 
obligations of the Guarantor shall forthwith become due and 
payable without notice.

                       ARTICLE III

               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The undersigned represents, covenants and warrants as 
follows:

SECTION 3.1  ORGANIZATION.  The Guarantor is a corporation 
duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of 
Barbados.  The Guarantor is duly qualified and authorized to 
transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good 
standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the 
business conducted by it or the ownership of its properties or 
assets makes such qualification necessary, except where the 
failure to be in good standing or to be so qualified or 
authorized would not have a material adverse effect on the 
business, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the 
Guarantor.

SECTION 3.2  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Guarantor has all 
requisite corporate power to conduct its business as currently 
conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.  The 
Guarantor has all requisite corporate power to execute, deliver 
and perform its obligations under this Guaranty and all other 
Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party.  The execution, 
delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty and 
all other Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party have been 
duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of 
the Guarantor.  The Guarantor has duly executed and delivered 
this Guaranty and all other Ancillary Agreements to which it is a 
party and this Guaranty and all other Ancillary Agreements to 
which it is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding 
obligations of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor 
in accordance with their terms.

SECTION 3.3  CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS.  The 
Guarantor is not a party to any contract or agreement or subject 
to any charter or other corporate restriction which materially 
and adversely affects its business, property or assets, or 
financial condition.  Neither the execution nor delivery of this 
Guaranty or any of the other Ancillary Agreements to which it is 
a party nor fulfillment of nor compliance with the terms and 
provisions hereof or thereof, will conflict with, or result in a 
breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a 
default under, or result in any violation of, or result in the 
creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the 
Guarantor pursuant to, the charter or by-laws of the Guarantor, 
any award of any arbitrator or any agreement (including any 
agreement with stockholders), instrument, order, judgment, 
decree, statute, law, rule or regulation to which the Guarantor 
is subject.  The Guarantor is not a party to, or otherwise 
subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing 
Indebtedness (as defined in the Amended Agreement) of the 
Guarantor, any agreement relating thereto or any other contract 
or agreement (including its charter) which limits the amount of, 
or otherwise imposes restrictions on the creation of, any 
guarantee, except under the Amended Agreement, the Bank Agreement 
and the Teachers Note Agreement.

SECTION 3.4.    [Intentionally Left Blank.]

SECTION 3.5     [Intentionally Left Blank.]

SECTION 3.6     LITIGATION, LABOR CONTROVERSIES ETC.  There 
is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened 
litigation, action, proceeding, or labor controversy affecting 
the Guarantor, or any of its properties, businesses, assets or 
revenues, which may materially adversely affect the financial 
condition, operations, assets, business, properties or prospects 
of the Guarantor or which purports to affect the legality, 
validity or enforceability of this Guaranty, the Amended 
Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement.

SECTION 3.7     SUBSIDIARIES.  The Borrower owns not less 
than 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock 
of the Guarantor.  The Guarantor has no Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.8     OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTIES.  The Guarantor owns 
good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, 
real and personal, tangible and intangible, of any nature 
whatsoever (including patents, trademarks, trade names, service 
marks and copyrights), free and clear of all Liens, charges or 
claims (including infringement claims with respect to patents, 
trademarks, copyrights and the like) except as permitted pursuant 
to paragraph 6A of the Amended Agreement.

SECTION 3.9     TAXES.  The Guarantor has filed all tax 
returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and 
has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be 
owing, except any such taxes or charges which are being 
diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and 
for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have 
been set aside on its books.

SECTION 3.10    PENSION AND WELFARE PLANS.  During the 
twelve-consecutive-month period prior to the date of the 
execution and delivery of this Guaranty, no steps have been taken 
to terminate any Pension Plan, and no contribution failure has 
occurred with respect to any Pension Plan sufficient to give rise 
to a Lien under section 302(f) of ERISA.  No condition exists or 
event or transaction has occurred with respect to any Pension 
Plan which might result in the incurrence by the Guarantor or any 
ERISA Affiliate of any material liability, fine or penalty.  
Neither the Guarantor nor any ERISA Affiliate has any contingent 
liability with respect to any post-retirement benefit under a 
welfare plan, other than liability for continuation coverage 
described in Part 6 of Title I of ERISA.

SECTION 3.11    ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTIES.

(a)	all facilities and property (including 
underlying groundwater) owned or leased by the 
Guarantor have been, and continue to be, owned or 
leased by the Guarantor in material compliance with all 
Environmental Laws;

(b)	there have been no past, and there are no 
pending or threatened

(i)	claims, complaints, notices or 
requests for information received by the 
Guarantor with respect to any alleged 
violation of any Environmental Law, or

(ii)	complaints, notices or inquiries to 
the Guarantor regarding potential liability 
under any Environmental Law;

(c)	there have been no releases of hazardous 
materials at, on or under any property now or 
previously owned or leased by the Guarantor that, 
singly or in the aggregate, have, or may reasonably be 
expected to have, a material adverse effect on the 
financial condition, operations, assets, business, 
properties or prospects of the Guarantor;

(d)	the Guarantor has been issued and is in 
material compliance with all permits, certificates, 
approvals, licenses and other authorizations relating 
to environmental matters and necessary or desirable for 
its businesses;

(e)	no property now or previously owned or leased 
by the Guarantor is listed or proposed for listing 
(with respect to owned property only) on the National 
Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, on the CERCLIS or 
on any similar state list of sites requiring 
investigation or clean-up;

(f)	there are no underground storage tanks, 
active or abandoned, including petroleum storage tanks, 
on or under any property now or previously owned or 
leased by the Guarantor that, singly or in the 
aggregate, have, or may reasonably be expected to have, 
a material adverse effect on the financial condition, 
operations, assets, business, properties or prospects 
of the Guarantor;

(g)	the Guarantor has not directly transported or 
directly arranged for the transportation of any 
hazardous material to any location which is listed or 
proposed for listing on the National Priorities List 
pursuant to CERCLA, on the CERCLIS or on any similar 
state list or which is the subject of federal, state or 
local enforcement actions or other investigations which 
may lead to material claims against the Guarantor for 
any remedial work, damage to natural resources or 
personal injury, including claims under CERCLA;

(h)	there are no polychlorinated biphenyls or 
friable asbestos present at any property now or 
previously owned or leased by the Guarantor that, 
singly or in the aggregate, have, or may reasonably be 
expected to have, a material adverse effect on the 
financial condition, operations, assets, business, 
properties or prospects of the Guarantor; and

(i)	no conditions exist at, on or under any 
property now or previously owned or leased by the 
Guarantor which, with the passage of tine, or the 
giving of notice or both, would give rise to liability 
under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 3.12    ACCURACY OF INFORMATION.  All factual 
information heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on 
behalf of the Guarantor in writing to Prudential or any Lender 
for purposes of or in connection with this Guaranty or any 
transaction contemplated hereby is, and all other such factual 
information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Guarantor 
to Prudential or any Lender will be, true and accurate in every 
material respect on the date as of which such information is 
dated or certified and as of the date of execution and delivery 
of this Guaranty by Prudential and such Lender, and such 
information is not, or shall not be, as the case may be, 
incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to 
make such information not misleading.

                           ARTICLE IV

                            COVENANTS

SECTION 4.1     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  The Guarantor 
covenants and agrees that, so long as any portion of the 
Indebtedness shall remain unpaid, the Guarantor will, unless the 
Required Holders shall otherwise consent in writing, perform the 
obligations set forth in this Section.

SECTION 4.1.1   [Intentionally Left Blank.]

SECTION 4.1.2   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC.  The Guarantor 
will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, 
rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include 
(without limitation):

(a)	the maintenance and preservation of its 
corporate existence and qualification as a foreign 
corporation; and

(b)	the payment, before the same become 
delinquent, of all taxes, assessments and governmental 
charges imposed upon it or upon its property except to 
the extent being diligently contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves 
in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on 
its books.

SECTION 4.1.3   MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  The Guarantor 
will maintain, preserve, protect and keep its properties in good 
repair, working order and condition, and make necessary and 
proper repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business 
carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at 
all times unless the Guarantor determines in good faith that the 
continued maintenance of any of its properties is no longer 
economically desirable.

SECTION 4.1.4   INSURANCE.  The Guarantor will maintain or 
cause to be maintained with responsible insurance companies 
insurance with respect to its properties and business against 
such casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such 
amounts as is customary in the case of similar businesses and 
will, upon request of Prudential, furnish to each holder of a 
Note at reasonable intervals a certificate of an Authorized 
Officer of the Guarantor setting forth the nature and extent of 
all insurance maintained by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in 
accordance with this section.

SECTION 4.1.5   BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The Guarantor will keep 
books and records which accurately reflect all of its business 
affairs and transactions and permit any holder of a Note or any 
of their respective representatives, at reasonable times and 
intervals, to visit all of its offices, to discuss its financial 
matters with its officers and independent public accountant (and 
the Guarantor hereby authorizes such independent public 
accountant to discuss the Guarantor's financial matters with any 
holder of a Note or its representatives whether or not any 
representative of the Guarantor is present) and to examine (and, 
at the expense of the Guarantor, photocopy extracts from) any of 
its books or other corporate records.  The Guarantor shall pay 
any fees of such independent public accountant incurred in 
connection with any holder's exercise of its rights pursuant to 
this section.

SECTION 4.1.6   ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANT.  The Guarantor will

(a)	use and operate all of its facilities and 
properties in material compliance with all 
Environmental Laws, keep all necessary permits, 
approvals, certificates, licenses and other 
authorizations relating to environmental matters in 
effect and remain in material compliance therewith, and 
handle all hazardous materials in material compliance 
with all applicable Environmental Laws;

(b)	immediately notify Prudential and provide 
copies upon receipt of all written claims, complaints, 
notices or inquiries relating to the condition of its 
facilities and properties or compliance with 
Environmental Laws, and shall diligently defend to the 
satisfaction of the Agent any actions and proceedings 
relating to compliance with Environmental Laws; and

(c)	provide such information and certifications 
which Prudential may reasonably request from time to 
time to evidence compliance with this section 4.1.6.

SECTION 4.2     NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  The Guarantor covenants 
and agrees that, so long as any portion of the Indebtedness shall 
remain unpaid, the Guarantor will not, without the prior written 
consent of the Required Holders, do anything prohibited in this 
section.

SECTION 4.2.1   INDEBTEDNESS.  The Guarantor will not create, 
incur, assume or suffer to exist or otherwise become or be liable 
in respect of any Indebtedness or any guaranty of any 
Indebtedness other than Indebtedness under the Teachers Note 
Agreement and the Bank Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

SECTION 4.2.2   LIENS.  The Guarantor will not create, incur, 
assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, 
revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired. 

SECTION 4.2.3   INVESTMENTS.  The Guarantor will not make, 
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Investment in any other 
Person.

SECTION 4.2.4   BUSINESS; OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY.  The 
Guarantor will not engage in any business or own any property 
other than the property owned by the Guarantor on the date 
hereof.

SECTION 4.2.5   CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.  The Guarantor 
will not liquidate or dissolve, consolidate with, or merge into 
or with, any other corporation, or purchase or otherwise acquire 
all or substantially all of the assets of any Person (or of any 
division thereof), except as permitted by all of the Amended 
Agreement.

SECTION 4.2.6   ASSET DISPOSITIONS ETC.  The Guarantor will 
not sell, transfer, lease, contribute or otherwise convey, or 
grant options, warrants or other rights with respect to, all or 
any part of its assets (including accounts receivable and capital 
stock of Subsidiaries) to any Person, except as permitted by the 
Amended Agreement.  

                              ARTICLE V

                            MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 5.1  SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND PARTICIPANTS.  This 
Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors and 
assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its 
successors, transferees and assigns; all references herein to 
Guarantor shall be deemed to include its successors and assigns, 
and all references herein to Lender shall be deemed to include 
its successors and assigns.  This Guaranty shall be enforceable 
by Lender and any of Lender's successors, assigns and 
participants, and any such successors and assigns shall have the 
same rights and benefits with respect to the Borrower under this 
Guaranty as the Lender hereunder.

SECTION 5.2  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Guarantor agrees, at the 
sole cost and expense of Guarantor, to promptly do all such 
things and execute all such documents as Lender may consider 
necessary or desirable to preserve the rights and powers of 
Lender hereunder.

SECTION 5.3  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise expressly 
provided herein, any notice required or desired to be served, 
given or delivered hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be 
deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered five (5) 
days after deposit in the United States mails, with proper 
postage prepaid, or upon delivery by courier or upon transmission 
by telex, telecopy or similar electronic medium to the following 
addresses:

(i)	If to the Lender at:

The Prudential Insurance Company of America
c/o Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Attention:  Managing Director
Telecopy: (312) 540-4222
Telephone:  (312) 540-4204

with a copy to:

Wiley S. Adams
Assistant General Counsel
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Telecopy:  (312) 540-4222
Telephone:  (312) 540-4204

(ii)	If to Guarantor at:

JBS International, Inc.
c/o John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc.
2299 Busse Road
Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007
Attn:  Michael J. Valentine, Chairman and President
Telecopy:  (847) 593-3085
Telephone:  (847) 593-2300

with a copy to:

Jenner & Block
One IBM Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Attn: Timothy R. Donovan
Telecopy:  (312) 527-0484
Telephone:  (312)222-9350

or to such other address as each party designates to the other in 
the manner herein prescribed.

SECTION 5.4  AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS and CONSENTS.  No amendment 
or waiver of or consent to any departure by Guarantor from any 
provision of this Guaranty, shall be binding on Lender except as 
expressly set forth and consented to in a writing duly signed and 
delivered by the Required Holder(s), and then such amendment, 
waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific 
instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  No course 
of dealing between Guarantor and Lender, nor any failure on the 
part of Lender to exercise any right, power or remedy nor any 
delay on the part of Lender in exercising any right, power or 
remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or 
partial exercise by Lender of any right, power or remedy shall 
preclude any further exercise thereof by Lender.  No waiver of 
any right, power or remedy shall be deemed to occur by any act or 
knowledge of Lender, its agents, officers or employees or be 
binding against Lender, except as expressly set forth in a 
writing duly signed and delivered by the Required Holder(s).  No 
waiver by the Required Holder(s) of any default shall operate as 
a waiver of any other default or the same default on a future 
occasion, and no action by Lender permitted hereunder shall in 
any way affect or impair any of Lender's rights, powers or 
remedies or the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty.  
Any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction of the 
amount of any part of the Indebtedness shall be conclusive and 
binding on Guarantor irrespective of whether Guarantor was a 
party to the suit or action in which such determination was made. 
As used herein, the term "this Guaranty" and references thereto 
shall mean this Guaranty as it may from time to time be amended 
or supplemented.

SECTION 5.5  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS GUARANTY HAS BEEN 
DELIVERED AT AND SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AT CHICAGO, 
ILLINOIS AND SHALL BE INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES 
OF THE PARTIES HERETO DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL 
LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) AND DECISIONS OF 
THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

SECTION 5.6  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.  THE GUARANTOR 
HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT 
LOCATED WITHIN THE COUNTY OF COOK, STATE OF ILLINOIS, AND 
IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO THE LENDER'S SOLE AND 
ABSOLUTE ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS 
GUARANTY OR THE OTHER ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS TO WHICH THE GUARANTOR 
IS A PARTY SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS, AND THE GUARANTOR 
WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE BASED ON IMPROPER VENUE OR 
FORUM NON CONVENIENS TO THE CONDUCT OF ANY PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH 
COURT AND WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT, 
AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS BE MADE BY MAIL OR 
MESSENGER ON JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC. AT THE ADDRESS SET 
FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 ABOVE AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE 
DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF ACTUAL RECEIPT OR FIVE 
(5) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN POSTED TO THE GUARANTOR'S 
ADDRESS AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3.  THE LENDER AND THE 
GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE TIME AND EXPENSE REQUIRED FOR 
TRIAL BY JURY EXCEED THE TIME AND EXPENSE REQUIRED FOR A BENCH 
TRIAL AND HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TRIAL BY 
JURY, AND WAIVE ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND 
WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF THE LENDER. 
NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SUBSECTION 5.6 SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT 
OF THE LENDER TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER 
PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE LENDER TO BRING ANY 
ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE GUARANTOR OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE 
COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

SECTION 5.7  COUNTERPARTS.  This Guaranty may be executed in 
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original 
with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were 
upon the same instrument.

SECTION 5.8  INTERPRETATION; PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  Whenever
possible each provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in 
such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, 
but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be prohibited by or 
invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to 
the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without 
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining 
provisions of this Guaranty.

SECTION 5.9  NO USURY.  Nothing contained in this Guaranty 
shall be construed or shall so operate either presently or 
prospectively to require Guarantor to pay any amount under this 
Guaranty on account of the Indebtedness that constitutes interest 
in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by law to 
be charged on all or any portion of the Indebtedness and to be 
guaranteed by Guarantor hereunder.  If any interest in excess of 
the maximum amount of interest permitted by law to be charged and 
to be guaranteed hereunder is provided for, or is adjudicated to 
be provided for, with respect to all or any portion of the 
Indebtedness, then in such event (i) the provisions of this 
Section 5.9 shall govern and control; (ii) Guarantor shall not be 
obligated to pay any amount under this Guaranty that constitutes 
interest in excess of that so permitted on all or any portion of 
the Indebtedness; (iii) any amount paid by Guarantor to Lender 
under this Guaranty that constitutes interest in excess of that 
so permitted on all or any portion of the Indebtedness shall, at 
the option of Lender, be (A) applied as a credit against the then 
unpaid but due and owing amount under this Guaranty, (B) refunded 
to the Guarantor or (C) applied or refunded pursuant to any 
combination of the foregoing; (iv) this Guaranty shall have been 
deemed to have been, and shall be, reformed and modified to 
reflect, the Guarantor's guarantee hereunder of the payment of 
the Indebtedness to the extent interest included therein is 
permitted by law to be charged and to be guaranteed by Guarantor 
hereunder; and (v) Guarantor shall not have any action against 
Lender for any damages whatsoever arising out of the payment or 
collection of any such amount.

SECTION 5.10  MISCELLANEOUS.  The section headings used in 
this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not 
define or limit the provisions of this Guaranty.  All remedies 
under this Guaranty are cumulative and are not exclusive of any 
other remedies provided by law.



[Signature pages to follow]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor and Prudential have caused 
this Guaranty to be duly executed as of the date first above 
written.

                                           JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                          By:/s/ Michael J. Valentine 
                                             ---------------------------
                                          Title: President
                                                 ---------


THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE 
   COMPANY OF AMERICA


By: /s/ Mark Hoffmeister
       -----------------
       Senior Vice President
       ---------------------














                                                     EXECUTION COPY 3/31/98
                                                     NY3:#7155570v4




                        JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC.
                              2299 Busse Road
                      Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007


                                                     New York, New York
                                                     As of March 31, 1998


		Re: 	Amendment No. 3 to Note Purchase Agreement
			dated as of August 30, 1995


Teachers Insurance and Annuity 
  Association of America
730 Third Avenue
New York, New York  10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

		Reference is made to the Note Purchase Agreement dated 
as of August 30, 1995 (as in effect on the date hereof, the 
"Agreement") between John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation (the "Company"), and Teachers Insurance and Annuity 
Association of America (the "Noteholder"), pursuant to which the 
Noteholder purchased $10,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 
the Company's 8.30% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Senior Notes") 
and $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 
9.38% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the "Subordinated 
Notes" and, together with the Senior Notes, the "Notes").

		The Company has requested that the Noteholder agree, 
and the Noteholder is willing, to amend various provisions of 
the Agreement, all on the terms and conditions of this 
Amendment.

		Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the 
mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and 
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are 
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                1.  Definitions.  Unless otherwise defined herein, 
all terms used herein which are defined in the Agreement (as 
amended hereby) shall have their respective meanings as therein 
defined.  In addition, as used herein, "Prudential Amendment" 
means the amendment letter dated as of March 31, 1998 amending 
the Amended and Restated Prudential Note Purchase Agreement.

                2.  Amendments to Agreement.  Subject to the 
satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness specified in Section 5 
below, the Agreement is amended as follows:

                2.1. Deletion of 5.9.  5.9 of the Agreement is 
deleted in its entirety and 5.10 of the Agreement is re-
numbered as the new 5.9 of the Agreement (and all references in 
the Agreement to "5.10" shall be deemed to be references to 
such new 5.9).

                2.2. Amendment to 8.8.  8.8 of the Agreement is 
amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        "8.8.  Subsidiary Debt.  (a)  The Company will 
not permit any Subsidiary to create, assume, guarantee 
or otherwise become liable in respect of any 
Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness arising with 
respect to any Guaranty or any guaranty or incurrence 
of liability by such Subsidiary in respect of 
obligations of the Company under the Existing 
Indebtedness Documents (provided that such Subsidiary 
has executed and delivered a Guaranty)) unless at the 
time such Subsidiary becomes liable with respect 
thereto Priority Debt shall not exceed 15% of Tangible 
Net Worth.

	(b)    The Company shall not permit any 
Subsidiary to create, assume, guarantee or otherwise 
become liable in respect of any Indebtedness of the 
Company (including without limitation any Indebtedness 
of the Company under the Existing Indebtedness 
Documents) unless such Subsidiary shall execute and 
deliver a Guaranty to each holder of Senior Notes and 
a Guaranty to each holder of Subordinated Notes on or 
prior to the date of such creation, assumption, 
guarantee or incurrence of other liability.".

                2.3. Amendments to 9.3.  9.3(B) and (C) of the 
Agreement are amended to read in their entirety as follows:

		"(B)  Indebtedness outstanding under or in respect 
of the Amended and Restated Prudential Note Purchase 
Agreement and the Existing Prudential Notes issued 
thereunder in an aggregate original principal amount 
not exceeding $33,750,000,

	(C)  Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes 
and the Subordinated Notes,"

                2.4. Amendments to 9.6.  9.6(A) and (I) of the 
Agreement are amended to read in their entirety as follows:

			"(A)  Liens existing on the date hereof securing 
Indebtedness of the Company outstanding on the date 
hereof, as specified in Exhibit C hereto;"

			"(I)  [Intentionally Omitted];".

                2.5. Amendments to 9.7.  9.7 is amended by (i) 
inserting the text "; Certain Amendments to Bank Agreement" to 
the title thereof, (ii) inserting the text "(a)" immediately 
prior to the first paragraph thereof and (iii) adding the 
following new paragraph (b) at the end thereof: 

                "(b)  Subject to the terms of 9.3, the Company 
will not consent to or permit any amendment, 
supplement or other modification of any of the terms 
or provisions contained in, or applicable to, the Bank 
Agreement if the effect thereof would be to increase 
the principal amount of Indebtedness thereunder and, 
at the time of such amendment, supplement or other 
modification or immediately prior thereto, a Default 
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing or a "Default" or a "Matured Default" (each 
as defined in the Bank Agreement) shall have occurred 
and be continuing under the Bank Agreement."

                2.6. Amendments to 10.3.  10.3(B) and (C) of the 
Agreement are amended to read in their entirety as follows:

		"(B)  Indebtedness outstanding under or in respect 
of the Amended and Restated Prudential Note Purchase 
Agreement and the Existing Prudential Notes issued 
thereunder in an aggregate original principal amount 
not exceeding $33,750,000,

		(C)  Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes 
and the Subordinated Notes,"

                2.7. Amendments to 10.6.  10.6(A)  and (I) of the 
Agreement are amended to read in their entirety as follows:

			"(A)  Liens existing on the date hereof securing 
Indebtedness of the Company outstanding on the date 
hereof, as specified in Exhibit C hereto;"

			"(I)  [Intentionally Omitted];".

                2.8. Amendments to 10.7.  10.7 is amended by (i) 
inserting the text "(a)" immediately prior to the first 
paragraph thereof and (ii) adding the following new paragraph 
(b) at the end thereof: 

                "(b)  Subject to the terms of 10.3, the Company 
will not consent to or permit any amendment, 
supplement or other modification of any of the terms 
or provisions contained in, or applicable to, the Bank 
Agreement if the effect thereof would be to increase 
the principal amount of Indebtedness thereunder and, 
at the time of such amendment, supplement or other 
modification or immediately prior thereto, a Default 
or Event of Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing or a "Default" or a "Matured Default" (each 
as defined in the Bank Agreement) shall have occurred 
and be continuing under the Bank Agreement."

                2.9. Amendments to 11.  (A)  The following 
definitions in 11 of the Agreement are amended and restated to 
read in their entirety as follows:

	"'Bank Agreement' shall mean that certain Credit 
Agreement dated as of  March 31, 1998 by and among the 
Company, Sunshine, Quantz and JBS International, 
collectively as borrowers, U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc., 
Key Bank and LaSalle National Bank, as lenders, and U.S. 
Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc., as agent for such lenders, and the 
Notes referred to therein, as in effect on the date hereof 
and as amended, modified and in effect from time to time.  
The term 'Bank Agreement' shall continue to refer to the 
foregoing Credit Agreement and other instruments following 
any assignment by any such lender pursuant to the 
provisions of Section 13.24 thereof or any resignation by 
the agent thereunder pursuant to the provisions of Section 
12.7 thereof so long as in effecting such assignment or 
resignation such lender or agent is acting individually and 
not in concert with the other lenders thereunder."

	"'Banks' shall mean U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc., Key 
Bank and LaSalle National Bank, and U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, 
Inc., in its capacity as agent under the Bank Agreement, 
and their respective successors and assigns and any other 
party that becomes a lender under the Bank Agreement."

	"'EPA Matter' shall mean any event or condition in 
respect of the environment or any environmental law, the 
existence of which the Company or any of its Affiliates 
would be required to notify any Lender or the Agent 
pursuant to the Bank Agreement."

	"'Guaranty' shall mean a Guaranty of the Senior Notes 
from time to time or of the Subordinated Notes from time to 
time by Sunshine, Quantz, JBS International or any other 
Subsidiary of the Company, in each case substantially in 
the form of Exhibit G (with such changes as may be agreed 
by the Required Holders)."

		"'Senior Indebtedness' shall mean (subject to the next 
succeeding sentence) (i) all Liabilities (as such term is 
defined in the Bank Agreement as in effect from time to 
time or in any extension or renewal thereof, or the 
equivalent obligations under any refunding or refinancing 
thereof permitted pursuant to 10.3(B)(i)) and (ii) all 
principal, interest and premium (if any) and fees and 
expenses on or in respect of (x) the Amended and Restated 
Prudential Note Purchase Agreement and the Existing 
Prudential Notes issued thereunder, each as in effect from 
time to time (collectively, the "Prudential Obligations"), 
(y) this Agreement (as this Agreement relates to the Senior 
Notes) and the Senior Notes and (z) any Senior Funded Debt 
incurred in compliance with 9.3(D) and 10.3(D), provided 
that (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount (and 
undrawn face amount in the case of letters of credit) of 
the 'Liabilities' under the Bank Agreement included in 
Senior Indebtedness (as so defined) shall not exceed 
$70,000,000 and (B) the aggregate original principal amount 
of the Prudential Obligations included in Senior 
Indebtedness shall not exceed $33,750,000.  With respect to 
interest, the term "Senior Indebtedness" shall include any 
interest accruing for a period of two years after the date 
of any filing by or against the Company of any bankruptcy, 
insolvency or similar proceeding, whether or not allowed as 
a claim in any such proceeding.".

                (B)  11 of the Agreement is further amended by adding 
the definition in its appropriate alphabetic location: 

	"'JBS International' shall mean JBS International, 
Inc., a Barbados corporation."

                (C)  11 of the Agreement is further amended by 
deleting the definitions of "Cash Management Liabilities", 
"Collateral Agency Agreement", "Collateral Documents", "Security 
Agreement" and "Specified Letter of Credit Fees". 

                (D)  The definition of "Indebtedness" in 11 of the 
Agreement is amended by deleting the last sentence thereof. 

                2.10. Amendment to 12.1.  12.1 of the Agreement is 
amended by deleting the word "or" at the end of Subsection (P) 
thereof, deleting Subsections (Q) and (R) thereof and amending 
Subsection (O) thereof to read as follows:

	"(O)  a 'Matured Default' (as defined in the Bank 
Agreement) shall occur under the Bank Agreement or an 
'Event of Default' (as defined in the Amended and 
Restated Prudential Note Purchase Agreement) shall 
occur under the Amended and Restated Prudential Note 
Purchase Agreement (whether or not any such 'Matured 
Default' or 'Event of Default' shall be waived);"

		2.11. Amendment to Exhibits A-1 and A-2.  Each of 
Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 of the Agreement is amended by 
deleting the second sentence from the second paragraph thereof 
and replacing said sentence with the following: 

	"Payment of the principal of, interest on and any 
Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note has been 
guaranteed by (i) Sunshine Nut Co., Inc. pursuant to a 
Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995, (ii) Quantz 
Acquisition Co., Inc. pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement 
dated as of January 24, 1997 and (iii) JBS International, 
Inc. pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 31, 
1998, and may also be guaranteed by certain other 
subsidiaries of the Company."

		2.12.  Amendment to Exhibit J.  Exhibit J of the 
Agreement is amended by deleting Section A therefrom and 
replacing it with the following:

"A.  Bank Agreement

	Any Matured Default (as defined therein) arising 
under the following clauses of the definition of 
such term:

		(a), (b), (c) or (d) (to the extent 
such event arises from a breach of  Sections 
9.6, 10.1 through 10.6, inclusive, or 10.10 
of the Bank Agreement)."

                Section 3.  Amendment to Outstanding Notes.  Each outstanding 
Series A Note is amended to reflect the changes made to Exhibit 
A-1 to the Agreement as set forth in 2.11 above, and each 
outstanding Series B Note is amended to reflect the changes made 
to Exhibit A-2 to the Agreement as set forth in 2.11 above.

                Section 4.  Representations and Warranties.  The Company 
represents and warrants to the Noteholder on the date hereof and 
as of the Effective Date as follows (and the parties hereto 
agree that the following representations and warranties shall be 
deemed to have been made pursuant to the Agreement for all 
relevant purposes thereof):

		4.1.  Power and Authority.  The Company has all 
requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver 
this Amendment and to perform the Agreement as amended hereby 
(the "Amended Agreement") and this Amendment has been duly 
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the 
Company.

		4.2.  Enforceability.  This Amendment has been duly 
executed and delivered by the Company, and the Amended Agreement 
constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the 
Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its 
terms except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, 
insolvency, fraudulent transfers or similar laws of general 
application relating to creditors' rights.

		4.3.  No Conflicts.  Neither the execution nor 
delivery of this Amendment, nor fulfillment of nor compliance 
with the terms and provisions hereof and of the Amended 
Agreement will conflict with, or result in the breach of the 
terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default 
under, or result in any violation of, or result in the creation 
of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company 
pursuant to, the charter or by-laws of the Company, any award of 
any arbitrator or any agreement (including any agreement with 
stockholders), instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute, 
law, rule or regulation to which the Company is subject.

		4.4.  Governmental Authorizations.  No consent, 
approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or 
declaration with, any Governmental Body is required for the 
validity of the execution and delivery of this Amendment or for 
the performance by the Company of the Amended Agreement.
			
		4.5.  No Defaults.  No Default or Event of Default has 
occurred and is continuing, and no default has occurred and is 
continuing under the Bank Agreement or under the Amended and 
Restated Prudential Note Purchase Agreement.

		4.6. No Misstatement.  This Amendment does not contain 
any misstatement of a material fact or fail to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statement or statements of the 
Company contained herein not misleading, and the Company has 
disclosed to the Noteholder all facts or circumstances of which 
the Company is aware following due and diligent inquiry which 
are material to, or could adversely affect in any way, the 
purpose or subject matter of this Amendment and/or the 
consummation of the terms and conditions hereof.

		4.7. No Change.  Since June 30, 1997, there has been 
no material adverse change in the assets or the financial 
condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

		4.8. Other Documents.  The Company has provided the 
Noteholder with true and correct copies of the Bank Agreement, 
the Amended and Restated Prudential Note Purchase Agreement and 
the Prudential Amendment, each as in effect on the date hereof. 

                5.  Conditions to Effectiveness.  This Amendment 
shall become effective as of the date (the "Effective Date") 
when the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

		5.1.  Amendment.  This Amendment shall have been duly 
executed and delivered by the Company and the Noteholder, and 
duly acknowledged by Sunshine and Quantz.

		5.2  Other Documents.  The Noteholder shall have 
received (a) a Guaranty in favor of the holders of the Senior 
Notes from time to time and a Guaranty in favor of the holders 
of the Subordinated Notes from time to time, in each case duly 
executed and delivered by JBS International, (b) each of the 
documents specified as Items 10 and 11 in Exhibit 8A to the Bank 
Agreement and (c)  a legal opinion addressed to the Noteholder 
and in form and substance satisfactory to the Noteholder 
covering the matters stated in the second sentence of  Section 
3.2 and in the second sentence of Section 3.3 (as to applicable 
laws) of the Guaranties referred to above.

                6.  Consent.  As of the Effective Date the Noteholder 
hereby consents to (a) the amendment of the Amended and Restated 
Prudential Note Purchase Agreement as provided by the Prudential 
Amendment, (b) the entry by the Company and its Subsidiaries 
into the Bank Agreement and (c) the termination of the 
Collateral Agency Agreement (as defined in the Agreement 
immediately prior to the Effective Date) and the release of all 
collateral and Liens thereunder.

                7.  Miscellaneous.  

		7.1.  Ratification; Waiver.  The Agreement, except as 
amended pursuant hereto, is in all respects ratified and 
confirmed, and the terms, covenants and agreements thereof shall 
remain in full force and effect.  

		7.2.  References to Agreement and Notes.  From and 
after the Effective Date, all references to the Agreement in the 
Agreement and in the Notes shall be deemed to be references to 
the Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

		7.3.  Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be 
construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the 
State of New York.  

		7.4.  Execution in Counterparts.  This Amendment may 
be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an 
original but all of which together shall constitute one and the 
same instrument.  

		If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please 
sign the form of acceptance in the space provided below 
whereupon this Amendment shall become a binding agreement 
between you and the Company.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC.


                                            By: /s/ Gary P. Jensen
                                                ----------------------------
                                            Title: Executive Vice President,
                                                   Finance and Chief Financial
                                                   Officer
                                                   ---------------------------

TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
  ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA


By: /s/ David G. Persky
    --------------------------  
  Title: Associate Director
         ------------------

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

SUNSHINE NUT CO.


By: /s/ Michael J. Valentine
    ---------------------------
 Title: Assistant Secretary
        ------------------- 


QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC.


By: /s/ Michael J. Valentine
    ---------------------------
  Title: Assistant Secretary
         -------------------
      

 
 
     

 



                                                    EXECUTION COPY
                                                           3/31/98
                                                     NY:#7155995v4



This Guaranty Agreement (the "Guaranty"), dated as of 
March 31, 1998, is made by JBS International, Inc., a Barbados 
corporation ("Guarantor"), in favor of Teachers Insurance and 
Annuity Association of America ("Teachers") and each other 
holder from time to time of any of the Notes referred to below 
(Teachers and each such other holder being collectively referred 
to herein as the "Noteholders").

                           RECITALS:

WHEREAS, John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Borrower"), has entered into that certain Note 
Purchase Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995 (as in effect on 
the date hereof, the "Note Agreement") under which Teachers 
purchased, and the Borrower issued and sold, among other things, 
$10,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.30% Senior Notes due 
2005 (the "Notes"); and

WHEREAS, all parties acknowledge that the indebtedness
and obligations contemplated by the Note Agreement have been 
incurred for and will inure, in part, to the benefit of 
Guarantor; and

WHEREAS, in order to consent to an amendment of the
Note Agreement, Teachers requires that this Guaranty be executed 
and delivered;

NOW THEREFORE, for value received, to satisfy one of
the conditions precedent to the amendment of the Note Agreement, 
to induce any transferee to accept the transfer of all or any 
part of any Note, and for other good and valuable consideration, 
the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, 
Guarantor agrees as follows:

                             ARTICLE I

                            DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1  DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Guaranty,
the term "Indebtedness" shall mean all of the indebtedness, 
obligations and liabilities existing on the date hereof or 
arising from time to time thereafter, whether direct or 
indirect, joint or several, actual, absolute or contingent, 
matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or 
unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, 
of Borrower to the Noteholders under or in respect of the Note 
Agreement (as such Agreement relates to the Notes) or the Notes, 
including, without limitation, the principal of and interest and 
Make-Whole Amount, if any, on the Notes.

SECTION 1.2  OTHER DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms
that are used in this Guaranty and not defined in this Guaranty 
shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Note Agreement.

                             ARTICLE II

                            THE GUARANTY

SECTION 2.1  GUARANTY OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF
OBLIGATIONS.  Guarantor absolutely, unconditionally and 
irrevocably guarantees the full and prompt payment in United 
States currency when due (whether at maturity, a stated 
prepayment date or earlier by reason of acceleration or 
otherwise) and at all times thereafter, and the due and punctual 
performance, of all Indebtedness together with all costs and 
expenses, including without limitation all court costs and 
expenses and attorneys' fees, paid or incurred by the 
Noteholders in endeavoring to enforce this Guaranty or in 
pursuing any action against Borrower or Guarantor or enforcing 
any rights of the Noteholders in the security, if any, for the 
Indebtedness or for liabilities of Guarantor hereunder, and any 
taxes, fees or penalties which may be paid or payable in 
connection therewith.  This is a continuing guaranty of payment 
and performance not of collection.

Upon an Event of Default, the Noteholders may, at
their sole election and without notice, proceed directly and at 
once against Guarantor to seek and enforce performance of, and 
to collect and recover, the Indebtedness, or any portion 
thereof, without first proceeding against Borrower, any other 
Person, or any security for the Indebtedness or for the 
liability of any such other Person or the Guarantor hereunder.  
The Noteholders shall have the exclusive right to determine the 
application of payments and credits, if any, from Guarantor, 
Borrower or from any other Person on account of the Indebtedness 
or otherwise.

SECTION 2.2  OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL.  The
obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be 
continuing, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of (i) the 
invalidity or unenforceability of any part or all of the Note 
Agreement or any Note or any other agreement; (ii) the absence 
of any attempt by the Noteholders to collect the Indebtedness or 
any portion thereof from Borrower or other action to enforce the 
same; (iii) the waiver or consent by the Noteholders with 
respect to any provision of the Note Agreement or any Note or 
any other agreement or applicable law; (iv) any failure by the 
Noteholders to acquire, perfect or maintain any security 
interest or lien in, or take any steps to preserve its rights to 
any security for the Indebtedness or any portion thereof or for 
the liability of Guarantor hereunder; (v) any defense arising by 
reason of any disability or other defense (other than a defense 
of payment, unless the payment on which such defense is based 
was or is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or 
preferential, otherwise avoided and/or required to be repaid to 
Borrower, Guarantor, the estate of either Borrower or Guarantor, 
a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any bankruptcy 
law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, in 
which case there shall be no defense of payment with respect to 
such payment) of Borrower or any other Person liable on the 
Indebtedness or any portion thereof; (vi) Lender's election, in 
any proceeding instituted under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the 
Federal Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 101 et seq.) (the "Bankruptcy 
Code"), of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the 
Bankruptcy Code; (vii) any borrowing or grant of a security 
interest to the Noteholders by Borrower, as 
debtor-in-possession, or extension of credit, under Section 364 
of the Bankruptcy Code; (viii) the disallowance or avoidance of 
all or any portion of the Noteholders' claim(s) for repayment of 
the Indebtedness under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar state 
law or the avoidance of any security for the Indebtedness or any 
security for the liability of Guarantor hereunder; (ix) any 
amendment to, waiver or modification of, or consent under any 
provision of the Note Agreement or any Note or any other 
agreement; (x) any change in any provision of any applicable law 
or regulation; (xi) any order, judgment, writ, award or decree 
of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority, domestic or 
foreign, binding on or affecting Guarantor or Borrower or any of 
their assets; (xii) the charter or by-laws of Guarantor or 
Borrower; (xiii) any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, or 
other agreement (including without limitation any agreement with 
stockholders), instrument or undertaking to which Guarantor or 
Borrower is a party or which purports to be binding on or affect 
Guarantor or Borrower or any of their assets; or (xiv) any other 
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or 
equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

SECTION 2.3  NOTEHOLDERS' FREEDOM TO ACT.  The
Noteholders are authorized, without notice and without affecting 
the liability of Guarantor hereunder, from time to time to (i) 
renew, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for 
payment of, or other terms relating to, the Indebtedness or any 
portion thereof, or otherwise modify, amend or change the terms 
of the Note Agreement or any Note or any other agreement; (ii) 
accept partial payments on the Indebtedness; (iii) take and hold 
security or additional guaranties or sureties for the 
Indebtedness or any portion thereof or any other liabilities of 
Borrower, the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty and 
the obligations under any other guaranties and sureties of the 
Indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, release, sell, 
transfer, assign or otherwise deal with any such security, 
guaranty or surety; (iv) apply such security and direct the 
order or manner of sale thereof as the Noteholders may determine 
in their sole discretion; (v) settle, release, compromise, 
collect or otherwise liquidate the Indebtedness or any portion 
thereof and any security therefor in any manner; (vi) extend 
additional loans, credit and financial accommodations and 
otherwise create additional Indebtedness; (vii) waive strict 
compliance with the terms of the Note Agreement or any Note or 
any other agreement and otherwise forbear from asserting the 
Noteholders' rights and remedies thereunder; (viii) enforce or 
forbear from enforcing the guaranty or surety of any other 
guarantor or surety of the Indebtedness, any portion thereof or 
release any such guarantor or surety; and (ix) assign this 
Guaranty in part or in whole in connection with any assignment 
of the Indebtedness or any portion thereof.

SECTION 2.4  WAIVERS OF GUARANTOR.  Guarantor waives
all set-offs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for 
performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of 
protest, notices of dishonor and diligence with respect to the 
Indebtedness and the obligations of Guarantor hereunder, the 
filing of any claims with a court in the event of receivership 
or bankruptcy of Borrower, and notices of acceptance of this 
Guaranty.  Guarantor further waives all notices that the 
principal amount, any payment or any portion thereof, any 
interest or Make-Whole Amount on the Indebtedness or any portion 
thereof is due, notices of any and all proceedings to collect 
from Borrower, anyone primarily or secondarily liable with 
respect to the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, or from 
anyone else, and, to the extent permitted by law, notices of 
exchange, sale, surrender or other handling of any security 
securing payment of the Indebtedness or this Guaranty.  The 
Guarantor agrees that the Noteholders shall not be under any 
obligation to marshall any assets in favor of Guarantor or 
against or in payment of any or all of the Indebtedness.
Guarantor hereby waives and releases Borrower from any 
and all "claims" (as defined in Section 101(4) of the Bankruptcy 
Code) to which Guarantor is or would at any time be entitled by 
virtue of its obligations under this Guaranty, including, 
without limitation, any right of subrogation (whether 
contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or 
otherwise), reimbursement, contribution, indemnity, exoneration 
or similar right against Borrower.  Guarantor further waives any 
right to demand security from Borrower and any benefit of, and 
any right to participate in, any security given to the 
Noteholders to secure payment of the Indebtedness or any other 
liability of Borrower to the Noteholders.

SECTION 2.5  REVIVAL.  To the extent that Borrower or
Guarantor makes a payment or payments, or a transfer of an 
interest in any property to any Noteholder or any Noteholder 
enforces its rights in any security for the liabilities of 
Guarantor hereunder or exercises its right of set-off, and such 
payment, payments, transfer, or the proceeds of such enforcement 
or set-off, or any portion of such payment, payments, transfer 
or proceeds are subsequently invalidated, declared to be 
fraudulent or preferential, set aside, otherwise avoided or 
required to be repaid to Borrower, Guarantor, the estate of 
either Borrower or Guarantor, a trustee, receiver or any other 
party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law 
or equitable cause, then to the extent of such recovery, 
avoidance or repayment, the obligation or part of such 
obligation originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived 
and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had 
not been made or such payment, enforcement or set-off had not 
occurred.

SECTION 2.6  OBLIGATION TO KEEP INFORMED.  Guarantor
shall be responsible for keeping itself informed of the 
financial condition of Borrower and any other Persons primarily 
or secondarily liable on the Indebtedness or any portion 
thereof, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of 
nonpayment of the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, and 
Guarantor agrees that the Noteholders shall have no duty to 
advise Guarantor of information known to the Noteholders 
regarding such condition or any such circumstance.  If any 
Noteholder, in its discretion, undertakes at any time or from 
time to time to provide any such information to Guarantor, such 
Noteholder shall not be under any obligation (i) to undertake 
any investigation, whether or not a part of its regular business 
routine, (ii) to disclose any information which such Noteholder 
wishes to maintain confidential, or (iii) to make any other or 
future disclosures of such information or any other information 
to Guarantor.

SECTION 2.7  BANKRUPTCY.  If any Event of Default
specified in Subsection (H) to (J), inclusive, of 12.1 of the 
Note Agreement shall occur and be continuing, any and all 
obligations of Guarantor shall forthwith become due and payable 
without notice.

                           ARTICLE III

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

	Guarantor represents, covenants and warrants as follows:

SECTION 3.1  ORGANIZATION.  Guarantor is a corporation
duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of 
Barbados.  Guarantor is duly qualified and authorized to 
transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good 
standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the 
business conducted by it or the ownership of its properties or 
assets makes such qualification necessary, except where the 
failure to be in good standing or to be so qualified or 
authorized would not have a material adverse effect on the 
business, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of 
Guarantor.

SECTION 3.2  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Guarantor has all
requisite corporate power to conduct its business as currently 
conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.  Guarantor 
has all requisite corporate power to execute, deliver and 
perform its obligations under this Guaranty.  The execution, 
delivery and performance by Guarantor of this Guaranty have been 
duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of 
Guarantor.  Guarantor has duly executed and delivered this 
Guaranty and this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and 
binding obligations of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor 
in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 3.3  CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS.
Guarantor is not a party to any contract or agreement or subject 
to any charter or other corporate restriction which materially 
and adversely affects its business, property or assets, or 
financial condition.  Neither the execution nor delivery of this 
Guaranty nor fulfillment of nor compliance with the terms and 
provisions hereof, will conflict with, or result in a breach of 
the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default 
under, or result in any violation of, or result in the creation 
of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Guarantor 
pursuant to, the charter or by-laws of Guarantor, any award of 
any arbitrator or any agreement (including any agreement with 
stockholders), instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute, 
law, rule or regulation to which Guarantor is subject.  
Guarantor is not a party to, or otherwise subject to any 
provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Indebtedness 
(as defined in the Note Agreement) of Guarantor, any agreement 
relating thereto or any other contract or agreement (including 
its charter) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes 
restrictions on the creation of, any guarantee, except under the 
Bank Agreement.

                           ARTICLE IV

                          MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.1  SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND PARTICIPANTS.
This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors 
and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Teachers and its 
successors, transferees and assigns and each other Noteholder; 
all references herein to Guarantor shall be deemed to include 
its successors and assigns, and all references herein to 
Teachers or any other Noteholder shall be deemed to include its 
successors and assigns.  This Guaranty shall be enforceable by 
the Noteholders and any of the Noteholders' successors, assigns 
and participants, and any such successors and assigns shall have 
the same rights and benefits with respect to the Borrower under 
this Guaranty as Teachers hereunder.

SECTION 4.2  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Guarantor agrees, at
the sole cost and expense of Guarantor, to promptly do all such 
things and execute all such documents as the Noteholders may 
consider necessary or desirable to preserve the rights and 
powers of the Noteholders hereunder.

SECTION 4.3  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, any notice required or desired to be served, 
given or delivered hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be 
deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered five days 
after deposit in the United States mails, with proper postage 
prepaid, or upon delivery by courier or upon transmission by 
telex, telecopy or similar electronic medium to the following 
addresses:

	(i)  If to Teachers at:

		730 Third Avenue
		New York, New York  10017 
		Attention:  Securities Division 
		Re:  John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc.
		Telecopy: (212) 916-6667
		Telephone: (212) 916-4311

    (ii)  If to any other Noteholder, to the address of such 
Noteholder as it appears in the note register maintained 
pursuant to 14 of the Note Agreement;

   (iii)	If to Guarantor at:

		JBS International, Inc. 
		c/o John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. 
		2299 Busse Road 
		Elk Grove Village, Illinois  60007 
		Attn: Michael J. Valentine, Chairman and President
		Telecopy: (708) 593-9608
		Telephone: (708) 593-2300

	with a copy to:

		Timothy R. Donovan, Esq.
		Jenner & Block
		One IBM Plaza
		Chicago, Illinois  60611

or to such other address as each party designates to the other 
in the manner herein prescribed.

SECTION 4.4  AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.  No
amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure by Guarantor 
from any provision of this Guaranty, shall be binding on the 
Noteholders except as expressly set forth and consented to in a 
writing duly signed and delivered by the Required Holders of the 
Notes, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be 
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific 
purpose for which given.  No course of dealing between Guarantor 
and the Noteholders, nor any failure on the part of the 
Noteholders to exercise any right, power or remedy nor any delay 
on the part of the Noteholders in exercising any right, power or 
remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or 
partial exercise by the Noteholders of any right, power or 
remedy shall preclude any further exercise thereof by the 
Noteholders.  No waiver of any right, power or remedy shall be 
deemed to occur by any act or knowledge of any Noteholder, its 
agents, trustees, officers or employees or be binding against 
any Noteholder, except as expressly set forth in a writing duly 
signed and delivered by the Required Holders of the Notes.  No 
waiver by the Required Holders of any default shall operate as a 
waiver of any other default or the same default on a future 
occasion, and no action by any Noteholder permitted hereunder 
shall in any way affect or impair any of any Noteholders' 
rights, powers or remedies or the obligations of Guarantor under 
this Guaranty. Any determination by a court of competent 
jurisdiction of the amount of any part of the Indebtedness shall 
be conclusive and binding on Guarantor irrespective of whether 
Guarantor was a party to the suit or action in which such 
determination was made. As used herein, the term "this Guaranty" 
and references thereto shall mean this Guaranty as it may from 
time to time be amended or supplemented.

SECTION 4.5  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE
INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO 
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO 
CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF 
ILLINOIS.

SECTION 4.6  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.  GUARANTOR
HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL 
COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR WITHIN THE COUNTY 
OF COOK, STATE OF ILLINOIS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT 
TO THE NOTEHOLDERS' SOLE AND ABSOLUTE ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR 
PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT 
EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH TO WHICH GUARANTOR IS A PARTY 
MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS, AND GUARANTOR WAIVES ANY 
OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE BASED ON IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON 
CONVENIENS TO THE CONDUCT OF ANY PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT 
AND WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT, AND 
CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS BE MADE BY MAIL OR 
MESSENGER ON JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC. AT THE ADDRESS SET 
FORTH IN SECTION 4.3 ABOVE AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE 
DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF ACTUAL RECEIPT OR 
FIVE (5) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN POSTED TO 
GUARANTOR'S ADDRESS AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 4.3.  THE 
NOTEHOLDERS AND GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE TIME AND EXPENSE 
REQUIRED FOR TRIAL BY JURY EXCEED THE TIME AND EXPENSE REQUIRED 
FOR A BENCH TRIAL AND HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY 
LAW, TRIAL BY JURY, AND WAIVE ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY 
UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF 
THE NOTEHOLDERS. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SUBSECTION 4.6 SHALL 
AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE NOTEHOLDERS TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN 
ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE 
NOTEHOLDERS TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST GUARANTOR 
OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

SECTION 4.7  COUNTERPARTS.  This Guaranty may be
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be 
an original with the same effect as if the signatures thereto 
and hereto were upon the same instrument.

SECTION 4.8  INTERPRETATION; PARTIAL INVALIDITY.
Whenever possible each provision of this Guaranty shall be 
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under 
applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be 
prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be 
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, 
without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the 
remaining provisions of this Guaranty.

SECTION 4.9  NO USURY.  Nothing contained in this
Guaranty shall be construed or shall so operate either presently 
or prospectively to require Guarantor to pay any amount under 
this Guaranty on account of the Indebtedness that constitutes 
interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted 
by law to be charged on all or any portion of the Indebtedness 
and to be guaranteed by Guarantor hereunder.  If any interest in 
excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by law to be 
charged and to be guaranteed hereunder is provided for, or is 
adjudicated to be provided for, with respect to all or any 
portion of the Indebtedness, then in such event (i) the 
provisions of this Section 4.9 shall govern and control; (ii) 
Guarantor shall not be obligated to pay any amount under this 
Guaranty that constitutes interest in excess of that so 
permitted on all or any portion of the Indebtedness; (iii) any 
amount paid by Guarantor to the Noteholders under this Guaranty 
that constitutes interest in excess of that so permitted on all 
or any portion of the Indebtedness shall, at the option of the 
Noteholders, be (A) applied as a credit against the then unpaid 
but due and owing amount under this Guaranty, (B) refunded to 
the Guarantor or (C) applied or refunded pursuant to any 
combination of the foregoing; (iv) this Guaranty shall have been 
deemed to have been, and shall be, reformed and modified to 
reflect, Guarantor's guarantee hereunder of the payment of the 
Indebtedness to the extent interest included therein is 
permitted by law to be charged and to be guaranteed by Guarantor 
hereunder; and (v) Guarantor shall not have any action against 
the Noteholders for any damages whatsoever arising out of the 
payment or collection of any such amount.

SECTION 4.10  TAXES.  (a)  Any and all payments by the
Guarantor hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without 
deduction for any and all present or future taxes, deductions, 
charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect 
thereto, including without limitation, such taxes, deductions, 
charges, withholdings or liabilities whatsoever imposed, 
assessed, levied or collected by any taxing authority and all 
(other than to the extent due to the gross negligence or willful 
misconduct of any Noteholder) interest, penalties, expenses or 
similar liabilities with respect thereto ("Taxes"), excluding 
however, from the definition of Taxes, in the case of each 
Noteholder, taxes imposed on its income (including penalties and 
interest payable in respect thereof), and franchise taxes 
imposed on it by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such 
Noteholder is organized or any political subdivision thereof.  
If the Guarantor shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes 
from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any 
Noteholder, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be 
necessary so that after making all required deductions 
(including deductions applicable to additional sums payable 
under this Section 4.10) such Noteholder receives an amount 
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions 
been made and (ii) the Guarantor shall pay the full amount 
deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority 
in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Guarantor agrees to pay any
present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise 
or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any 
payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or 
registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Guaranty 
(hereinafter included within the definition of "Taxes").

(c) The Guarantor will indemnify each Noteholder for
the full amount of Taxes (including without limitation, any 
Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this 
Section 4.10) paid by such Noteholder and any liability arising 
therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes 
were correctly or legally asserted.  This indemnification shall 
be made within five days from the date such Noteholder makes 
written demand therefor; provided however, to the extent that 
any Noteholder is reimbursed for any Tax that was incorrectly or 
illegally asserted in connection with this Guaranty, such 
Noteholder shall promptly return to the Guarantor the amount of 
such reimbursement net or any costs of recovery, together with 
any interest that may have been paid by the taxing jurisdiction 
with respect thereto, to the extent the Guarantor has actually 
paid such Noteholder with respect thereto.

(d) Promptly after the date on which payment of any
Taxes are due pursuant to applicable law, the Guarantor will, at 
the request of any Noteholder, furnish to such Noteholder 
evidence in form and substance satisfactory to such Noteholder 
that the Guarantor has met its obligations under this Section 
4.10.

(e) Without prejudice to the survival of any other
agreement of the Guarantor, the agreement and obligations of the 
Guarantor contained in this Section 4.10 shall survive the 
payment in full of any other amounts due under this Guaranty.

SECTION 4.11  MISCELLANEOUS.  The section headings
used in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and 
shall not define or limit the provisions of this Guaranty.  All 
remedies under this Guaranty are cumulative and are not 
exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.



[Signature pages to follow]
	

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor and Teachers have caused 
this Guaranty to be duly executed as of the date first above 
written.

                                         JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                         By: /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                             -------------------------
                                         Title: President
                                                ---------

                                         TEACHERS INSURANCE AND
                                         ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF
                                         AMERICA


                                         By: /s/ David G. Persky 
                                             -------------------------
                                         Title: Associate Director
                                                ------------------ 


                                                       EXECUTION COPY
                                                       3/31/98
                                                       NY3:#7156046v3



		This Guaranty Agreement (the "Guaranty"), dated as of 
March 31, 1998, is made by JBS International, Inc., a Barbados 
corporation ("Guarantor"), in favor of Teachers Insurance and 
Annuity Association of America ("Teachers") and each other 
holder from time to time of any of the Notes referred to below 
(Teachers and each such other holder being collectively referred 
to herein as the "Noteholders").

                             RECITALS:

		WHEREAS, John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation ("Borrower"), has entered into that certain Note 
Purchase Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995 (as in effect on 
the date hereof, the "Note Agreement") under which Teachers 
purchased, and the Borrower issued and sold, among other things, 
$15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.38% Senior 
Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the "Notes"); and

		WHEREAS, Borrower and Guarantor are parties to the 
Bank Agreement and (in the case of the Borrower) the Amended and 
Restated Prudential Note Purchase Agreement (each as defined in 
the Note Agreement) pursuant to which Borrower has incurred (and 
in the future may incur) Senior Indebtedness (as so defined) to 
the Banks and Prudential (each as so defined) (and Guarantor may 
be a co-obligor with respect to such Senior Indebtedness under 
the Bank Agreement), and the Note Agreement contemplates that in 
the future Borrower may incur, pursuant to the terms of the Note 
Agreement, additional Senior Indebtedness;

		WHEREAS, Guarantor has entered into a Guaranty dated 
as of March 31, 1998 with Prudential (as in effect from time to 
time, the "Prudential Guaranty") pursuant to which Guarantor has 
guaranteed the obligations of Borrower under the Bank Agreement 
and the Restated Prudential Note Purchase Agreement, 
respectively, and Guarantor may in the future enter into 
additional guarantees of Senior Indebtedness of Borrower 
("Additional Guaranties");

		WHEREAS, all parties acknowledge that the indebtedness 
and obligations contemplated by the Note Agreement have been 
incurred for and will inure, in part, to the benefit of 
Guarantor; and

		WHEREAS, in order to enter into an amendment of the 
Note Agreement, Teachers requires that this Guaranty be executed 
and delivered;

		NOW THEREFORE, for value received, to satisfy one of 
the conditions precedent to the amendment of Note Agreement, to 
induce any transferee to accept the transfer of all or any part 
of any Note, and for other good and valuable consideration, the 
receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, 
Guarantor agrees as follows:


                             ARTICLE I

                            DEFINITIONS

                SECTION 1.1  DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Guaranty, 
the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:  

		"Additional Guaranties" shall have the meaning 
specified in the Recitals hereto.

		"Borrower" shall have the meaning specified in the 
Recitals hereto.

		"Guarantor" shall have the meaning specified in the 
introductory paragraph hereof.

		"Indebtedness" shall mean all of the indebtedness, 
obligations and liabilities existing on the date hereof or 
arising from time to time thereafter, whether direct or 
indirect, joint or several, actual, absolute or contingent, 
matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or 
unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, 
of Borrower to the Noteholders under or in respect of the Note 
Agreement (as such Agreement relates to the Notes) or the Notes, 
including, without limitation, the principal of and interest and 
Make-Whole Amount, if any, on the Notes.

		"Note Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in 
the Recitals hereto.

		"Noteholders" shall have the meaning specified in the 
introductory paragraph hereof.

		"Notes" shall have the meaning specified in the 
Recitals hereto.

		"Prudential Guaranty" shall have the meaning specified 
in the Recitals hereto.

		"Senior Indebtedness" shall mean all obligations and 
liabilities (including in respect of costs, expenses and fees) 
of Guarantor on the date hereof or arising from time to time 
thereafter under the Bank Agreement, the Prudential Guaranty and 
any Additional Guaranty, provided, however, that, to the extent 
that any portion of such Senior Indebtedness under the Bank 
Agreement or any such Guaranty is in respect of interest owing 
on any Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Note Agreement), 
such portion of such Senior Indebtedness under any such Guaranty 
shall exclude interest accruing during any bankruptcy, 
insolvency or similar proceeding more than two years after the 
date of any filing by or against Borrower or the Guarantor, as 
the case may be, of such proceeding.

		"Subordinated Indebtedness" shall mean all obligations 
and liabilities (including in respect of costs, expenses and 
fees) of Guarantor on the date hereof or arising from time to 
time thereafter under this Guaranty.

		"Teachers" shall have the meaning specified in the 
introductory paragraph hereof.

                SECTION 1.2  OTHER DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms 
that are used in this Guaranty and not defined in this Guaranty 
shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Note Agreement.


                            ARTICLE II

                           THE GUARANTY

                SECTION 2.1  GUARANTY OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF 
OBLIGATIONS.  Guarantor absolutely, unconditionally and 
irrevocably guarantees the full and prompt payment in United 
States currency when due (whether at maturity, a stated 
prepayment date or earlier by reason of acceleration or 
otherwise) and at all times thereafter, and the due and punctual 
performance, of all Indebtedness together with all costs and 
expenses, including without limitation all court costs and 
expenses and attorneys' fees, paid or incurred by the 
Noteholders in endeavoring to enforce this Guaranty or in 
pursuing any action against Borrower or Guarantor or enforcing 
any rights of the Noteholders in the security, if any, for the 
Indebtedness or for liabilities of Guarantor hereunder, and any 
taxes, fees or penalties which may be paid or payable in 
connection therewith.  This is a continuing guaranty of payment 
and performance not of collection.

		Upon an Event of Default, the Noteholders may, at 
their sole election and without notice, proceed directly and at 
once against Guarantor to seek and enforce performance of, and 
to collect and recover, the Indebtedness, or any portion 
thereof, without first proceeding against Borrower, any other 
Person, or any security for the Indebtedness or for the 
liability of any such other Person or the Guarantor hereunder.  
The Noteholders shall have the exclusive right to determine the 
application of payments and credits, if any, from Guarantor, 
Borrower or from any other Person on account of the Indebtedness 
or otherwise.

                SECTION 2.2  OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL.  The 
obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be 
continuing, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of (i) the 
invalidity or unenforceability of any part or all of the Note 
Agreement or any Note or any other agreement; (ii) the absence 
of any attempt by the Noteholders to collect the Indebtedness or 
any portion thereof from Borrower or other action to enforce the 
same; (iii) the waiver or consent by the Noteholders with 
respect to any provision of the Note Agreement or any Note or 
any other agreement or applicable law; (iv) any failure by the 
Noteholders to acquire, perfect or maintain any security 
interest or lien in, or take any steps to preserve its rights to 
any security for the Indebtedness or any portion thereof or for 
the liability of Guarantor hereunder; (v) any defense arising by 
reason of any disability or other defense (other than a defense 
of payment, unless the payment on which such defense is based 
was or is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or 
preferential, otherwise avoided and/or required to be repaid to 
Borrower, Guarantor, the estate of either Borrower or Guarantor, 
a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any bankruptcy 
law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, in 
which case there shall be no defense of payment with respect to 
such payment) of Borrower or any other Person liable on the 
Indebtedness or any portion thereof; (vi) Lender's election, in 
any proceeding instituted under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the 
Federal Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 101 et seq.) (the "Bankruptcy 
Code"), of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the 
Bankruptcy Code; (vii) any borrowing or grant of a security 
interest to the Noteholders by Borrower, as 
debtor-in-possession, or extension of credit, under Section 364 
of the Bankruptcy Code; (viii) the disallowance or avoidance of 
all or any portion of the Noteholders' claim(s) for repayment of 
the Indebtedness under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar state 
law or the avoidance of any security for the Indebtedness or any 
security for the liability of Guarantor hereunder; (ix) any 
amendment to, waiver or modification of, or consent under any 
provision of the Note Agreement or any Note or any other 
agreement; (x) any change in any provision of any applicable law 
or regulation; (xi) any order, judgment, writ, award or decree 
of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority, domestic or 
foreign, binding on or affecting Guarantor or Borrower or any of 
their assets; (xii) the charter or by-laws of Guarantor or 
Borrower; (xiii) any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, or 
other agreement (including without limitation any agreement with 
stockholders), instrument or undertaking to which Guarantor or 
Borrower is a party or which purports to be binding on or affect 
Guarantor or Borrower or any of their assets; or (xiv) any other 
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or 
equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

                SECTION 2.3  NOTEHOLDERS' FREEDOM TO ACT.  The 
Noteholders are authorized, without notice and without affecting 
the liability of Guarantor hereunder, from time to time to (i) 
renew, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for 
payment of, or other terms relating to, the Indebtedness or any 
portion thereof, or otherwise modify, amend or change the terms 
of the Note Agreement or any Note or any other agreement; (ii) 
accept partial payments on the Indebtedness; (iii) take and hold 
security or additional guaranties or sureties for the 
Indebtedness or any portion thereof or any other liabilities of 
Borrower, the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty and 
the obligations under any other guaranties and sureties of the 
Indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, release, sell, 
transfer, assign or otherwise deal with any such security, 
guaranty or surety; (iv) apply such security and direct the 
order or manner of sale thereof as the Noteholders may determine 
in their sole discretion; (v) settle, release, compromise, 
collect or otherwise liquidate the Indebtedness or any portion 
thereof and any security therefor in any manner; (vi) extend 
additional loans, credit and financial accommodations and 
otherwise create additional Indebtedness; (vii) waive strict 
compliance with the terms of the Note Agreement or any Note or 
any other agreement and otherwise forbear from asserting the 
Noteholders' rights and remedies thereunder; (viii) enforce or 
forbear from enforcing the guaranty or surety of any other 
guarantor or surety of the Indebtedness, any portion thereof or 
release any such guarantor or surety; and (ix) assign this 
Guaranty in part or in whole in connection with any assignment 
of the Indebtedness or any portion thereof.

                SECTION 2.4  WAIVERS OF GUARANTOR.  Guarantor waives 
all set-offs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for 
performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of 
protest, notices of dishonor and diligence with respect to the 
Indebtedness and the obligations of Guarantor hereunder, the 
filing of any claims with a court in the event of receivership 
or bankruptcy of Borrower, and notices of acceptance of this 
Guaranty.  Guarantor further waives all notices that the 
principal amount, any payment or any portion thereof, any 
interest or Make-Whole Amount on the Indebtedness or any portion 
thereof is due, notices of any and all proceedings to collect 
from Borrower, anyone primarily or secondarily liable with 
respect to the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, or from 
anyone else, and, to the extent permitted by law, notices of 
exchange, sale, surrender or other handling of any security 
securing payment of the Indebtedness or this Guaranty.  The 
Guarantor agrees that the Noteholders shall not be under any 
obligation to marshall any assets in favor of Guarantor or 
against or in payment of any or all of the Indebtedness.

		Guarantor hereby waives and releases Borrower from any 
and all "claims" (as defined in Section 101(4) of the Bankruptcy 
Code) to which Guarantor is or would at any time be entitled by 
virtue of its obligations under this Guaranty, including, 
without limitation, any right of subrogation (whether 
contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or 
otherwise), reimbursement, contribution, indemnity, exoneration 
or similar right against Borrower.  Guarantor further waives any 
right to demand security from Borrower and any benefit of, and 
any right to participate in, any security given to the 
Noteholders to secure payment of the Indebtedness or any other 
liability of Borrower to the Noteholders.

                SECTION 2.5  REVIVAL.  To the extent that Borrower or 
Guarantor makes a payment or payments, or a transfer of an 
interest in any property to any Noteholder or any Noteholder 
enforces its rights in any security for the liabilities of 
Guarantor hereunder or exercises its right of set-off, and such 
payment, payments, transfer, or the proceeds of such enforcement 
or set-off, or any portion of such payment, payments, transfer 
or proceeds are subsequently invalidated, declared to be 
fraudulent or preferential, set aside, otherwise avoided or 
required to be repaid to Borrower, Guarantor, the estate of 
either Borrower or Guarantor, a trustee, receiver or any other 
party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law 
or equitable cause, then to the extent of such recovery, 
avoidance or repayment, the obligation or part of such 
obligation originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived 
and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had 
not been made or such payment, enforcement or set-off had not 
occurred.

                SECTION 2.6  OBLIGATION TO KEEP INFORMED.  Guarantor 
shall be responsible for keeping itself informed of the 
financial condition of Borrower and any other Persons primarily 
or secondarily liable on the Indebtedness or any portion 
thereof, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of 
nonpayment of the Indebtedness or any portion thereof, and 
Guarantor agrees that the Noteholders shall have no duty to 
advise Guarantor of information known to the Noteholders 
regarding such condition or any such circumstance.  If any 
Noteholder, in its discretion, undertakes at any time or from 
time to time to provide any such information to Guarantor, such 
Noteholder shall not be under any obligation (i) to undertake 
any investigation, whether or not a part of its regular business 
routine, (ii) to disclose any information which such Noteholder 
wishes to maintain confidential, or (iii) to make any other or 
future disclosures of such information or any other information 
to Guarantor.

                SECTION 2.7  BANKRUPTCY.  If any Event of Default 
specified in Subsection (H) to (J), inclusive, of Section 12.1 of the 
Note Agreement shall occur and be continuing, any and all 
obligations of Guarantor shall forthwith become due and payable 
without notice.


                           ARTICLE III

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

		Guarantor represents, covenants and warrants as 
follows:

                SECTION 3.1  ORGANIZATION.  Guarantor is a corporation 
duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of 
Barbados.  Guarantor is duly qualified and authorized to 
transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good 
standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the 
business conducted by it or the ownership of its properties or 
assets makes such qualification necessary, except where the 
failure to be in good standing or to be so qualified or 
authorized would not have a material adverse effect on the 
business, condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of 
Guarantor.

                SECTION 3.2  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Guarantor has all 
requisite corporate power to conduct its business as currently 
conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.  Guarantor 
has all requisite corporate power to execute, deliver and 
perform its obligations under this Guaranty.  The execution, 
delivery and performance by Guarantor of this Guaranty have been 
duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of 
Guarantor.  Guarantor has duly executed and delivered this 
Guaranty and this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and 
binding obligations of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor 
in accordance with its terms.

                SECTION 3.3  CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS AND OTHER MATTERS.  
Guarantor is not a party to any contract or agreement or subject 
to any charter or other corporate restriction which materially 
and adversely affects its business, property or assets, or 
financial condition.  Neither the execution nor delivery of this 
Guaranty nor fulfillment of nor compliance with the terms and 
provisions hereof, will conflict with, or result in a breach of 
the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default 
under, or result in any violation of, or result in the creation 
of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Guarantor 
pursuant to, the charter or by-laws of Guarantor, any award of 
any arbitrator or any agreement (including any agreement with 
stockholders), instrument, order, judgment, decree, statute, 
law, rule or regulation to which Guarantor is subject.  
Guarantor is not a party to, or otherwise subject to any 
provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Indebtedness 
(as defined in the Note Agreement) of Guarantor, any agreement 
relating thereto or any other contract or agreement (including 
its charter) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes 
restrictions on the creation of, any guarantee.


                              ARTICLE IV

		SUBORDINATION OF SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS
                SECTION 4.1  SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS SUBORDINATED TO 
SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.  The provisions of this Article IV apply 
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Guaranty.  
Teachers and Guarantor, for themselves and their respective 
successors and assigns, covenant and agree, and each holder of 
any Note, by its acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have 
agreed, that the payment from whatever source of the 
Subordinated Indebtedness, shall be subordinate and subject in 
right of payment, to the extent and in the manner set forth in 
this Article IV, to the prior payment in full in cash of all 
Senior Indebtedness, and that each holder of such Senior 
Indebtedness, with respect to Senior Indebtedness now existing 
or hereafter arising, shall be deemed to have acquired such 
Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon the covenants and 
provisions contained in this Article IV.

                SECTION 4.2  SUBORDINATED NOTES SUBORDINATED TO PRIOR 
PAYMENT OF ALL SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS ON DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, 
REORGANIZATION, ETC.  Upon any payment or distribution of the 
assets of Guarantor of any kind or character, whether in cash, 
property or securities (including any collateral, whether the 
proceeds thereof or in kind, at any time securing the 
Subordinated Indebtedness), to creditors upon any dissolution, 
or winding-up, or total or partial liquidation, or 
reorganization, or recapitalization or readjustment of Guarantor 
or its securities (whether voluntary or involuntary, or in 
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, 
receivership proceedings, or upon an assignment for the benefit 
of creditors, or any other marshalling of the assets and 
liabilities of Guarantor or otherwise), then in such event:

		(A)  all Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in 
full in cash or have provision made for such payment (any 
such provision having been agreed to in writing by the 
holders of the Senior Indebtedness), before any payment is 
made on account of Subordinated Indebtedness from any 
source whatsoever;

		(B)  any payment or distribution of assets of 
Guarantor of any kind or character from any source what-
soever, whether in cash, property or securities (other than 
equity  securities of Guarantor as reorganized or 
readjusted or equity securities of Guarantor or any other 
company, trust or corporation provided for by a plan of 
reorganization or readjustment, or securities the payment 
of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in 
this Article IV with respect to the Subordinated 
Indebtedness, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness at 
the time outstanding and to the payment of all securities 
issued in exchange therefor to holders of such Senior 
Indebtedness at the time outstanding), to which the holders 
of the Subordinated Indebtedness would be entitled except 
for the provisions of this Article IV, shall be paid or 
delivered by any debtor, custodian or other person making 
such payment or distribution, directly to the holders of 
such Senior Indebtedness, or their representative or 
representatives, ratably according to the aggregate amounts 
remaining unpaid on account of such Senior Indebtedness 
held or represented by each, for application to payment of 
all such Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, to the 
extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in 
full in cash after giving effect to any concurrent payment 
or distribution, or provision therefor, to, the holders of 
such Senior Indebtedness; and

		(C)  in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing 
provisions of this Section 4.2, any payment or distribution 
of assets of Guarantor of any kind or character from any 
source whatsoever, whether in cash, property or securities 
(other than equity securities of Guarantor as reorganized 
or readjusted or equity securities of Guarantor or any 
other company, trust or corporation provided for by a plan 
of reorganization or readjustment, or securities the 
payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent 
provided for in this Article IV with respect to the 
Subordinated Indebtedness, to the payment of all Senior 
Indebtedness at the time outstanding and to the payment of 
all securities issued in exchange therefor to the holders 
of such Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding), shall 
be received by any Noteholder before all such Senior 
Indebtedness is paid in full in cash, or provision made for 
its payment (any such provision having been agreed to in 
writing by the holders of the Senior Indebtedness), such 
payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the 
benefit of, and shall be immediately paid or delivered by 
such Noteholder to, as the case may be, the holders of such 
Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid or unprovided for, or 
their representative or representatives, for application to 
the payment of all such Senior Indebtedness remaining 
unpaid, ratably according to the aggregate amounts 
remaining unpaid on account of the Senior Indebtedness held 
or represented by each, to the extent necessary to pay all 
such Senior Indebtedness in full in cash after giving 
effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or 
provision therefor, to the holders of such Senior 
Indebtedness.

		Guarantor shall give prompt notice to each Noteholder 
of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, 
recapitalization or readjustment of Guarantor.

		Upon any distribution of assets of Guarantor referred 
to in this Article IV, the Noteholders shall be entitled to rely 
upon any order or decree made by any court of competent 
jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, 
reorganization, recapitalization or readjustment proceeding is 
pending, or a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or 
other Person making any distribution to such holders, for the 
purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in 
such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, the 
amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or 
distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to 
this Article IV.

                SECTION 4.3  NO PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT TO SUBORDINATED 
INDEBTEDNESS IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

		(A)  No payment on account of the Subordinated 
Indebtedness shall be made (directly or indirectly, by set-
off, redemption, repurchase or in any other manner) at any 
time when the Noteholders are not entitled to receive 
payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to 13.3(A) of 
the Note Agreement.  

		(B)  At any time when the Noteholders are not entitled 
to receive payments in respect of the Subordinated 
Indebtedness thereof pursuant to the foregoing Subsection 
(A) and so long as the maturity of no Senior Indebtedness 
(as defined in the Note Agreement) has been accelerated, 
the Noteholders shall not be entitled to declare any amount 
due hereunder or institute or maintain any proceeding 
seeking any other remedy against Guarantor or any of its 
subsidiaries in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness, 
whether contractual, at law or in equity or otherwise.

		(C)  Following any acceleration of the maturity of any 
Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Note Agreement) and 
as long as such acceleration shall continue unrescinded and 
unannulled, the Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in 
full in cash or have provision made for such payment (any 
such provision having been agreed to in writing by the 
holders of the Senior Indebtedness), before any payment is 
made (directly or indirectly, by set-off, redemption, 
repurchase or in any other manner) on account of or applied 
on the Subordinated Indebtedness from any source 
whatsoever.

		(D)  Following any acceleration of the maturity of all 
or any portion of the Notes and so long as such 
acceleration shall continue unrescinded and unannulled, all 
Senior Indebtedness then due, or becoming due by 
acceleration or otherwise, shall be first paid in full in 
cash, or provision made for such payment (any such 
provision having been agreed to in writing by the holders 
of the Senior Indebtedness), before any payment is made 
(directly or indirectly, by set-off, redemption, repurchase 
or in any other manner) on the Subordinated Indebtedness. 

		(E)  In furtherance of the provisions of this Article 
IV, in the event that any payment on the Subordinated 
Indebtedness shall be made (from any source whatsoever) and 
received by any Noteholder, which is not then permitted by 
the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.3, such payment 
shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be 
immediately paid over to the holders of Senior Indebtedness 
or their representative or representatives, ratably 
according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on 
account of the Senior Indebtedness held or represented by 
each, for application to the payment of all Senior 
Indebtedness remaining unpaid, whether or not then due and 
payable.

                SECTION 4.4  NO IMPAIRMENT OF SUBORDINATION; 
REINSTATEMENT.  No right of any present or future holder of any 
Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided 
shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any 
act or failure to act on the part of Guarantor or by any act or 
failure to act by any such holder (including any exercise or 
non-exercise of any right, power or remedy under or in respect 
of the Senior Indebtedness or any document relating thereto or 
any release or discharge by any holder of Senior Indebtedness of 
any guaranty thereof or security therefor), or by any non-
compliance by Guarantor with the terms, provisions and covenants 
of this Guaranty and any other document relating thereto, 
regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may 
have.  Each Noteholder agrees that the rights of the holders of 
Senior Indebtedness under this Article IV shall be automatically 
reinstated if and to the extent that any payment by Guarantor or 
any other Person to the holders of Senior Indebtedness is 
rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any holder of Senior 
Indebtedness as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or 
reorganization.

                SECTION 4.5  HOLDERS OF SUBORDINATED NOTES TO BE 
SUBROGATED TO RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.  Subject 
to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness, 
the Noteholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders 
of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of 
assets of Guarantor applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until  
Subordinated Indebtedness shall be paid in full, and for 
purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to 
the holders of Senior Indebtedness of assets, whether in cash, 
property or securities, distributable to the holders of Senior 
Indebtedness under the provisions hereof to which the 
Noteholders would be entitled except for the provisions of this 
Article IV, and no payment pursuant to the provisions of this 
Article IV to the holders of Senior Indebtedness by the 
Noteholders shall, as between Guarantor, its creditors other 
than the holders of its Senior Indebtedness, and the Noteholders 
be deemed to be a payment by Guarantor to or on account of such 
Senior Indebtedness, it being understood that the provisions of 
this Article IV are, and are intended, solely for the purpose of 
defining the relative rights of the Noteholders, on the one 
hand, and the holders of its Senior Indebtedness, on the other 
hand.

                SECTION 4.6  OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTOR UNCONDITIONAL.  
Nothing contained in this Article IV or elsewhere in this 
Guaranty is intended to or shall impair, as between Guarantor 
and its creditors, other than the holders of its Senior 
Indebtedness, the obligations of Guarantor, which are absolute 
and unconditional, to pay to the Noteholders the Subordinated 
Indebtedness as and when the Subordinated Indebtedness shall 
become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this 
Guaranty, or to affect the relative rights of the Noteholders 
and creditors of Guarantor other than the holders of its Senior 
Indebtedness, nor, except as otherwise expressly provided in 
this Article IV shall anything herein or therein prevent any 
Noteholder from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by 
applicable law upon the happening of an Event of Default under 
the Note Agreement, subject to the rights, if any, under this 
Article IV of the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

		Nothing contained in this Article IV or elsewhere in 
this Guaranty shall, except during the pendency of any 
dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, 
recapitalization or readjustment of Guarantor, affect the 
obligation of Guarantor to make, or prevent Guarantor from 
making at any time (except under the circumstances described 
under Sections 4.2 and 4.3) payment of the Subordinated 
Indebtedness.

                SECTION 4.7  HOLDERS OF SUBORDINATED NOTES ENTITLED TO
ASSUME PAYMENTS NOT PROHIBITED IN ABSENCE OF NOTICE.  No 
Noteholder shall at any time be charged with knowledge of the 
existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any 
payment to it, unless and until such Noteholder shall have 
received written notice thereof at its principal office from 
Guarantor or from one or more holders of Senior Indebtedness or 
from any representative or representatives thereof; and prior to 
the receipt of any such written notice each such Noteholder 
shall be entitled to assume conclusively that no such facts 
exist, without, however, limiting any such rights of holders of 
Senior Indebtedness under this Article IV to recover from the 
Noteholders any payment made to any such Noteholder which it is 
not entitled under this Article IV to retain.

		Each Noteholder shall be entitled to rely on the 
delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing 
itself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness to establish that 
such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness.  
In the event that any Noteholder determines in good faith that 
further evidence is required with respect to the right of any 
Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any 
payment or distribution pursuant to this Article IV, such 
Noteholder may request such Person to furnish evidence to the 
reasonable satisfaction of such Noteholder as to the amount of 
Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which 
such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or 
distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such 
Person under this Article IV, and if such evidence is not 
furnished such Noteholder may defer any payment to such Person 
pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to 
receive such payment.

                SECTION 4.8  INFORMATION AS TO SUBORDINATION.  
Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its subsidiaries 
or agents to, publish or give to any creditor or prospective 
creditor of Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries any copy, 
statement or summary (or acquiesce in the publication or giving 
of any such copy, statement or summary) as to the subordination 
of the rights of the Noteholders without also stating, or 
causing to be stated (in a conspicuous manner in the case of any 
document) that such subordination is solely for the benefit of 
the holders of Senior Indebtedness and not for the benefit of 
any other creditor of Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries.

                SECTION 4.9  AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE IV.  Notwithstanding 
anything to the contrary in this Guaranty, no amendment or 
modification may be made with respect to the provisions of 
(i) this Article IV or (ii) any other provisions of this 
Agreement if such amendment or  modification would alter or 
impair the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness 
under this Article IV, in either case without the written 
consent of the Agent (so long as any Senior Indebtedness under 
the Bank Agreement is outstanding) and the Required Prudential 
Holders (so long as any Senior Indebtedness under the Existing 
Prudential Notes or the Private Shelf Notes is outstanding) and 
the holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of 
the Senior Indebtedness.





                            ARTICLE V

                           MISCELLANEOUS

                SECTION 5.1  SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND PARTICIPANTS.  
This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and its successors 
and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Teachers and its 
successors, transferees and assigns and each other Noteholder; 
all references herein to Guarantor shall be deemed to include 
its successors and assigns, and all references herein to 
Teachers or any other Noteholder shall be deemed to include its 
successors and assigns.  This Guaranty shall be enforceable by 
the Noteholders and any of the Noteholders' successors, assigns 
and participants, and any such successors and assigns shall have 
the same rights and benefits with respect to the Borrower under 
this Guaranty as Teachers hereunder.

                SECTION 5.2  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Guarantor agrees, at 
the sole cost and expense of Guarantor, to promptly do all such 
things and execute all such documents as the Noteholders may 
consider necessary or desirable to preserve the rights and 
powers of the Noteholders hereunder.

                SECTION 5.3  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise expressly 
provided herein, any notice required or desired to be served, 
given or delivered hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be 
deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered five days 
after deposit in the United States mails, with proper postage 
prepaid, or upon delivery by courier or upon transmission by 
telex, telecopy or similar electronic medium to the following 
addresses:

		(i)  If to Teachers at:
	
			730 Third Avenue
			New York, New York  10017 
			Attention:  Securities Division 
			Re:  John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc.
			Telecopy:  (212) 916-6667
			Telephone: (212) 916-4311

	    (ii)  If to any other Noteholder, to the address of 
such Noteholder as it appears in the note register maintained 
pursuant to 14 of the Note Agreement;

	   (iii)	If to Guarantor at:

			JBS International, Inc. 
			c/o John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. 
			2299 Busse Road 
			Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007 
			Attn:  Michael J. Valentine, Chairman and 
                               President
			Telecopy: (708) 593-9608
			Telephone: (708) 593-2300

		with a copy to:

			Timothy R. Donovan, Esq.
			Jenner & Block
			One IBM Plaza
			Chicago, Illinois  60611

or to such other address as each party designates to the other 
in the manner herein prescribed.

                SECTION 5.4  AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.  No 
amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure by Guarantor 
from any provision of this Guaranty, shall be binding on the 
Noteholders except as expressly set forth and consented to in a 
writing duly signed and delivered by the Required Holders of the 
Notes, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be 
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific 
purpose for which given.  No course of dealing between Guarantor 
and the Noteholders, nor any failure on the part of the 
Noteholders to exercise any right, power or remedy nor any delay 
on the part of the Noteholders in exercising any right, power or 
remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or 
partial exercise by the Noteholders of any right, power or 
remedy shall preclude any further exercise thereof by the 
Noteholders.  No waiver of any right, power or remedy shall be 
deemed to occur by any act or knowledge of any Noteholder, its 
agents, trustees, officers or employees or be binding against 
any Noteholder, except as expressly set forth in a writing duly 
signed and delivered by the Required Holders of the Notes.  No 
waiver by the Required Holders of any default shall operate as a 
waiver of any other default or the same default on a future 
occasion, and no action by any Noteholder permitted hereunder 
shall in any way affect or impair any of any Noteholders' 
rights, powers or remedies or the obligations of Guarantor under 
this Guaranty. Any determination by a court of competent 
jurisdiction of the amount of any part of the Indebtedness shall 
be conclusive and binding on Guarantor irrespective of whether 
Guarantor was a party to the suit or action in which such 
determination was made. As used herein, the term "this Guaranty" 
and references thereto shall mean this Guaranty as it may from 
time to time be amended or supplemented.

                SECTION 5.5  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE 
INTERPRETED AND THE RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO 
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO 
CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF 
ILLINOIS.

                SECTION 5.6  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.  GUARANTOR 
HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL 
COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR WITHIN THE COUNTY 
OF COOK, STATE OF ILLINOIS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT 
TO THE NOTEHOLDERS' SOLE AND ABSOLUTE ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR 
PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT 
EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH TO WHICH GUARANTOR IS A PARTY 
MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS, AND GUARANTOR WAIVES ANY 
OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE BASED ON IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON 
CONVENIENS TO THE CONDUCT OF ANY PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT 
AND WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT, AND 
CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS BE MADE BY MAIL OR 
MESSENGER ON JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC. AT THE ADDRESS SET 
FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 ABOVE AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE 
DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF ACTUAL RECEIPT OR 
FIVE (5) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN POSTED TO 
GUARANTOR'S ADDRESS AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3.  THE 
NOTEHOLDERS AND GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE TIME AND EXPENSE 
REQUIRED FOR TRIAL BY JURY EXCEED THE TIME AND EXPENSE REQUIRED 
FOR A BENCH TRIAL AND HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY 
LAW, TRIAL BY JURY, AND WAIVE ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY 
UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF 
THE NOTEHOLDERS. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SUBSECTION 5.6 SHALL 
AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE NOTEHOLDERS TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN 
ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE 
NOTEHOLDERS TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST GUARANTOR 
OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

                SECTION 5.7  COUNTERPARTS.  This Guaranty may be 
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be 
an original with the same effect as if the signatures thereto 
and hereto were upon the same instrument.

                SECTION 5.8  INTERPRETATION; PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  
Whenever possible each provision of this Guaranty shall be 
interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under 
applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be 
prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be 
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, 
without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the 
remaining provisions of this Guaranty.

                SECTION 5.9  NO USURY.  Nothing contained in this 
Guaranty shall be construed or shall so operate either presently 
or prospectively to require Guarantor to pay any amount under 
this Guaranty on account of the Indebtedness that constitutes 
interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted 
by law to be charged on all or any portion of the Indebtedness 
and to be guaranteed by Guarantor hereunder.  If any interest in 
excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by law to be 
charged and to be guaranteed hereunder is provided for, or is 
adjudicated to be provided for, with respect to all or any 
portion of the Indebtedness, then in such event (i) the 
provisions of this Section 4.9 shall govern and control; (ii) 
Guarantor shall not be obligated to pay any amount under this 
Guaranty that constitutes interest in excess of that so 
permitted on all or any portion of the Indebtedness; (iii) any 
amount paid by Guarantor to the Noteholders under this Guaranty 
that constitutes interest in excess of that so permitted on all 
or any portion of the Indebtedness shall, at the option of the 
Noteholders, be (A) applied as a credit against the then unpaid 
but due and owing amount under this Guaranty, (B) refunded to 
the Guarantor or (C) applied or refunded pursuant to any 
combination of the foregoing; (iv) this Guaranty shall have been 
deemed to have been, and shall be, reformed and modified to 
reflect, Guarantor's guarantee hereunder of the payment of the 
Indebtedness to the extent interest included therein is 
permitted by law to be charged and to be guaranteed by Guarantor 
hereunder; and (v) Guarantor shall not have any action against 
the Noteholders for any damages whatsoever arising out of the 
payment or collection of any such amount.

SECTION 5.10  TAXES.  (a)  Any and all payments by the 
Guarantor hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without 
deduction for any and all present or future taxes, deductions, 
charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect 
thereto, including without limitation, such taxes, deductions, 
charges, withholdings or liabilities whatsoever imposed, 
assessed, levied or collected by any taxing authority and all 
(other than to the extent due to the gross negligence or willful 
misconduct of any Noteholder) interest, penalties, expenses or 
similar liabilities with respect thereto ("Taxes"), excluding 
however, from the definition of Taxes, in the case of each 
Noteholder, taxes imposed on its income (including penalties and 
interest payable in respect thereof), and franchise taxes 
imposed on it by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such 
Noteholder is organized or any political subdivision thereof.  
If the Guarantor shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes 
from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any 
Noteholder, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be 
necessary so that after making all required deductions 
(including deductions applicable to additional sums payable 
under this Section 5.10) such Noteholder receives an amount 
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions 
been made and (ii) the Guarantor shall pay the full amount 
deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority 
in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Guarantor agrees to pay any 
present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise 
or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any 
payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or 
registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Guaranty 
(hereinafter included within the definition of "Taxes").
(c) The Guarantor will indemnify each Noteholder for 
the full amount of Taxes (including without limitation, any 
Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this 
Section 5.10) paid by such Noteholder and any liability arising 
therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes 
were correctly or legally asserted.  This indemnification shall 
be made within five days from the date such Noteholder makes 
written demand therefor; provided however, to the extent that 
any Noteholder is reimbursed for any Tax that was incorrectly or 
illegally asserted in connection with this Guaranty, such 
Noteholder shall promptly return to the Guarantor the amount of 
such reimbursement net or any costs of recovery, together with 
any interest that may have been paid by the taxing jurisdiction 
with respect thereto, to the extent the Guarantor has actually 
paid such Noteholder with respect thereto.
(d) Promptly after the date on which payment of any 
Taxes are due pursuant to applicable law, the Guarantor will, at 
the request of any Noteholder, furnish to such Noteholder 
evidence in form and substance satisfactory to such Noteholder 
that the Guarantor has met its obligations under this Section 
5.10.
(e) Without prejudice to the survival of any other 
agreement of the Guarantor, the agreement and obligations of the 
Guarantor contained in this Section 5.10 shall survive the 
payment in full of any other amounts due under this Guaranty.

                SECTION 5.11  MISCELLANEOUS.  The section headings 
used in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and 
shall not define or limit the provisions of this Guaranty.  All 
remedies under this Guaranty are cumulative and are not 
exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.



[Signature pages to follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor and Teachers have caused 
this Guaranty to be duly executed as of the date first above 
written.

                                             JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                             By: /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                 -------------------------
                                             Title: President
                                                    --------- 


                                             TEACHERS INSURANCE AND 
                                             ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF
                                             AMERICA

                                             By: /s/ David G. Persky
                                                 -------------------------
                                             Title: Associate Director
                                                    ------------------        
 
 



            AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

	This Amendment No. 7 is dated as of March 26, 1998 by 
and among John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. (the "Borrower"), 
the Lenders parties hereto and Bank of America National 
Trust and Savings Association, as successor by merger to 
Bank of America Illinois, as Agent for the Lenders 
("Amendment No. 7").

                   W I T N E S S E T H;

	WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent are 
parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March 
27, 1996, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 and 
Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of August 1, 1996, that 
certain Amendment No. 2 and Waiver to Credit Agreement 
dated as of October 30, 1996, that certain Amendment No. 3 
to Credit Agreement dated as of January 24, 1997, that 
certain Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement dated as of 
April 25, 1997, that certain Amendment No. 5 dated as of 
May 16, 1997 and that certain Amendment No. 6 dated as of 
July 25, 1997 (the "Agreement");

	WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders 
extend the Commitment Termination Date;

	WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lenders desire to amend 
the Agreement as set forth herein.

	NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises 
herein contained, and for other good and valuable 
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are 
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as 
follows:

	1.  Each capitalized term used herein but not 
otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to 
such term in the Agreement.

	2.  Amendments to Credit Agreement.  Subject to the 
terms and conditions set forth in Section 6 of this 
Amendment No. 7, the Agreement is hereby amended as 
follows:

	(a)  The definition of "Applicable Margin" in Section 
1.1 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its 
entirety to read as follows:

        ""Applicable Margin" means at any date, the
        applicable percentage amount set forth in the 
        following table opposite the applicable ratio of 
        Senior Funded Indebtedness to EBITDA on a trailing 
        four quarter basis as shown in the Compliance 
        Certificate most recently delivered to the Agent:

            RATIO OF SENIOR FUNDED            APPLICABLE 
            INDEBTEDNESS TO EBITDA            MARGIN 

            More than 3.5                      2.00%

            Less than or equal to 3.5 but         
            more than or equal to 2.75         1.75%

            Less than 2.75 but more
            than or equal to 2.0               1.50%

            Less than 2.0                      1.25%

provided, however, that the Applicable Margin shall be 
deemed to be 2.00% on or after March 26, 1998; 
provided further that, if the Borrower shall have 
failed to deliver to the Agent by the date required 
hereunder its Compliance Certificate pursuant to 
Section 8.1.1 (c), then until such delivery, the 
Applicable Margin shall be deemed to be 2.0%.  Each 
change in the Applicable Margin shall take effect on 
the first day of the month immediately succeeding the 
month in which such Compliance Certificate is received 
by the Agent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no 
reduction in the Applicable Margin shall be effected 
if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing on 
the date when such change would otherwise occur." 

        (b)  The definition of "Commitment Termination Date" 
in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is amended by deleting the 
reference therein to "March 27, 1998" and replacing such 
reference with a reference to "April 30, 1998."

 	(c)  Section 2.8.1 of the Agreement is amended and 
restated in its entirety to read as follows:
        
        "SECTION 2.8.1  Nonuse Fee.  The Borrower agrees 
        to pay the Agent for the account of each Lender, for 
        the period (including any portion thereof when its 
        Commitment is suspended by reason of the Borrower's 
        inability to satisfy any condition of Article VI) 
        commencing on the Effective Date and continuing 
        through the final Commitment Termination Date, a 
        Nonuse Fee ("Nonuse Fee") at the Nonuse Fee Rate on 
        such Lender's Percentage of the average daily unused 
        portion of the applicable amount specified in Section 
        8.2.15.  Such Nonuse Fee shall be payable by the 
        Borrower in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, 
        commencing with the first such day following the 
        Effective Date, and on the Commitment Termination 
        Date.  The "Nonuse Fee Rate" means at any date, the 
        applicable percentage amount set forth in the 
        following table opposite the applicable ratio of 
        Senior Debt to EBITDA on a trailing four quarter basis 
        as shown in the Compliance Certificate most recently 
        delivered to the Agent: 

           RATION OF SENIOR FUNDED
           INDEBTEDNESS TO EBITDA         NONUSE FEE RATE

           More than or equal to 2.75         0.375%

           Less than 2.75                     0.25%

        provided, however, that the Nonuse Fee Rate shall be 
        deemed to be 0.375% on and after March 26, 1998; 
        provided further that, if the Borrower shall have 
        failed to deliver to the Agent by the date required 
        hereunder its Compliance Certificate pursuant to 
        Section 8.1.1(c), then until such delivery, the Nonuse 
        Fee Rate shall be deemed to be 0.375%.  Each change in 
        the Nonuse Fee Rate shall take effect on the first day 
        of the month immediately succeeding the month in which 
        such Compliance Certificate is received by the Agent.  
        Notwithstanding the foregoing, no reduction in the 
        Nonuse Fee Rate shall be effected if a Default shall 
        have occurred and be continuing on the date when such 
        change would otherwise occur."

	(d)  Schedule E to the Agreement is amended by 
appending as Attachment 6 thereto the text contained in 
Schedule I hereto.

	3.  AMENDMENTS TO NOTES.  Subject to the terms and 
conditions set forth in Section 6 of this Amendment No. 7, 
each of the Notes is hereby amended by deleting the 
reference therein to "March 27, 1998" and replacing such 
reference with a reference to "April 30, 1998."

	4.  The Borrower agrees that it shall pay to Agent and 
amendment fee in the amount of Ten Thousand Dollars 
($10,000) on April 1, 1998, which fee is fully earned and 
nonrefundable; provided, however that payment of such fee 
shall be waived in the event that the Obligations are 
repaid in full and the Commitment is terminated on or 
before March 31, 1998.

	5.  The Borrower represents and warrants that, after 
giving effect to this Amendment No. 7, no Default or Event 
of Default exists and is continuing under the Agreement and 
no default exists under the Teachers Note Agreement and the 
Prudential Note Agreement.

	6.  This Amendment No. 7 shall become effective as of 
March 26, 1998 upon satisfaction of the following 
conditions:

        (i) the Borrower, the Agent, Sunshine, Quantz and 
        each of the Lenders shall have executed and 
        delivered a counterpart of this Amendment No. 7. 

        (ii) the Agent shall have received, in sufficient
        copies for each Lender, the following in form 
        and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its 
        counsel:

           (A)  a board of directors resolution 
           authorizing the execution and delivery of this
           Amendment No. 7.

           (B)  a certificate from the Borrower's chief 
           financial Authorized Officer certifying that on 
           the date hereof and after giving effect to this 
           Amendment No. 7 no Default or Event of Default 
           has occurred and is continuing.
           
        (iii) the Borrower shall have paid the outstanding 
        fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses of 
        counsel for the Agent incurred in connection 
        with the negotiation, preparation, execution 
        and delivery of this Amendment No. 7.

        7.      Except as specifically set forth in this
Amendment No. 7, the Agreement and the other Loan Documents 
shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect and the 
respective terms, conditions and covenants thereof are 
hereby ratified and confirmed in all aspects.

	8.  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment No. 7, 
each reference in the Agreement to "this Agreement", 
"hereof", "herein" or "hereunder" or words of like import, 
and all references to the Agreement in any other Loan 
Documents shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as 
amended hereby.

	9.  This Amendment No. 7 may be executed in any number 
of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate 
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered 
shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken 
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

	10.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 7 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A 
CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF 
THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

                      (Signature pages follow)


	IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed 
this Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement as of the date 
first above written.

                                     JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC. 


                                     By /s/ Gary P. Jensen
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Title: Executive Vice President and
                                               Chief Financial Officer
                                               ----------------------------
                        


                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND 
                                     SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as successor
                                     by merger to Bank of America
                                     Illinois, in its capacity as Agent


                                     By /s/ Jay McKeown                       
                                        --------------------------------
                                        Title: Agency Management Services       
                                               Senior Agency Officer
                                               --------------------------

                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                     SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as successor
                                     by merger to Bank of America 
                                     Illinois, in its capacity as a 
                                     Lender, Issuing Lender and Issuer


                                     By /s/ Randolph T. Kohler
                                        --------------------------------
                                     Title: Senior Vice President
                                            ---------------------

                                     THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, in its
                                     capacity as a Lender

                            
                                     By /s/ Daniel Toll
                                        ---------------------------------
                                     Title: Second Vice President
                                            ---------------------


                                     NATIONAL CITY BANK, in its capacity
                                     as a Lender


                                     By /s/ Diego Tobon
                                        ---------------------------------
                                     Title: Vice President
                                            --------------






The undersigned acknowledges
receipt of a copy of the
foregoing Amendment No. 7,
consents to the terms thereof,
and ratifies and confirms its
Guaranty, dated as of March
27, 1996, in favor of the 
Lenders, and all documents,
instruments and agreements
executed in connection therewith.

SUNSHINE NUT Co.

By: /s/ Michael J. Valentine
    ----------------------------
Title: Assistant Secretary
       ------------------- 




The undersigned acknowledges
receipt of a copy of the foregoing
Amendment No. 7, consents to the
terms thereof, and ratifies and
confirms its Guaranty, dated as of
January 24, 1997, in favor of the
Lenders, and all documents, 
instruments and agreements executed
in connection therewith.

QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC.


By: /s/ Michael J. Valentine
    ----------------------------
Title: Assistant Secretary
       -------------------




              Schedule I to Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement

                                                          ATTACHMENT 6
                                               (to __/__/__ Compliance         
                                                          Certificate)


                 RATIO OF SENIOR FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS TO
                 EBITDA FOR DETERMING APPLICABLE MARGIN
                            AND NONUSE FEE RATE
                          ON ____________, _________
                              COMPUTATION DATE



          On a Consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, 
          all determined on a trailing four quarter basis:

             1.  Senior Funded Indebtedness              $________

             2.  EBITDA                                  $________

             3.  Ratio of Item 1 to Item 2                   ____%










        


                       CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, replaced, restated or 
supplemented from time to time, this "Agreement") is made as of the 
31st day of March, 1998 by and among JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, 
INC., a Delaware corporation ("Sanfilippo"), SUNSHINE NUT CO., 
INC., a Texas corporation ("Sunshine"), JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a 
Barbados corporation ("JBS") and QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC., a 
Delaware corporation ("Quantz" and collectively with Sanfilippo, 
Sunshine and JBS, the "Borrower"), the financial institutions 
listed on the signature pages hereof and each other financial 
institution that may hereafter become a party hereto in accordance 
with the provisions hereof (collectively "Lenders" and individually 
 a "Lender") and U.S. BANCORP AG CREDIT, INC. f/k/a FBS Ag Credit, 
Inc., a Colorado corporation ("U.S. Bancorp"), in its capacity as 
Agent for the Lenders and for the Issuer (in such capacity, the 
"Agent").
	
                          RECITAL

The Borrower has requested that Lenders make loans, advances, 
extensions of credit and/or other financial accommodations to or 
for the benefit of the Borrower,  and Lenders are willing to do so 
on the terms and conditions herein contained.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the 
terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, and of any loans 
or extensions of credit or other financial accommodations at any 
time made to or for the benefit of the Borrower by Lenders, the 
Borrower and Lenders agree as follows:

 1	DEFINITIONS.

1.1    GENERAL DEFINITIONS.  When used herein, the following 
capitalized terms shall have the meanings indicated, whether used 
in the singular or the plural:

"ACCOUNTS" shall mean all present and future rights (including 
without limitation, rights under any Margin Accounts) of the 
Borrower to payment for Inventory or other goods sold or leased or 
for services rendered, which rights are not evidenced by instru-
ments or chattel paper, regardless of whether such rights have been 
earned by performance.

"ADJUSTED FUNDED DEBT" shall mean, without duplication, the 
outstanding principal amount of all interest bearing indebtedness 
for borrowed money (including without limitation, capitalized 
leases and all current maturities of long term debt), minus all of 
the Liabilities.


"AFFILIATE" shall mean any Person: (a) that directly or 
indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is 
controlled by, or is under common control with, the Borrower; (b) 
that directly or beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or 
more of any class of the voting stock of the Borrower; (c) ten 
percent (10%) or more of the voting stock (or in the case of a 
Person which is not a corporation, ten percent (10%) or more of the 
equity interest) of which is owned directly or beneficially or held 
by the Borrower; or (d) that is a director or officer of the 
Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Agent nor any 
Lender shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower.

"AGENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the introduction 
hereto and shall include any successor agent which has been 
appointed in accordance with Section 12.7.

"AGENT'S LETTER" shall mean the letter agreement between the 
Agent and the Borrower of even date with this Agreement.

"ANNIVERSARY DATE" shall mean April 1, 1999 and each April 1 
thereafter. 

"APPLICABLE MARGIN" shall mean with respect to Revolving Loans 
which are Reference Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, the rates 
per annum set forth below for the then applicable Financial 
Performance Level:


Financial
Performance Level        Reference Rate         Eurodollar Rate

Level 1                       0.25%                   2.0%

Level 2                       0.0%                    1.50%

Level 3                       0.0%                    1.25%

Level 4                       0.0%                    1.0%

Level 5                       0.0%                    0.75%
                                                      

"AVAILABLE AMOUNT" shall mean, at any time, an amount equal 
to the excess of: (a) the Loan Commitment minus (b) the sum of 
(i) the aggregate amount of the Loan Liabilities, and (ii) the 
aggregate amount of the LC Obligations.

"BAINBRIDGE BONDS" shall mean the bonds now or hereafter 
issued pursuant to the Bainbridge Indenture.

"BAINBRIDGE BOND DOCUMENTS" shall mean all agreements, 
instruments and documents as now in effect and executed or 
delivered in connection with the Bainbridge Indenture, and as the 
same may be amended, replaced, restated and/or supplemented from 
time to time hereafter, including without limitation, the 
Bainbridge Loan Agreement.

"BAINBRIDGE INDENTURE" shall mean that certain Trust 
Indenture dated as of June 1, 1987 between the Decatur County - 
Bainbridge Industrial Development Authority and Trust Company 
Bank, as now in effect and as the same may be amended, replaced, 
restated and/or supplemented from time to time hereafter.

"BAINBRIDGE LC" shall mean any LC now in existence or 
hereafter issued pursuant to this Agreement for the purpose of 
securing the payment of principal or interest on the Bonds.

"BAINBRIDGE LOAN AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Loan 
Agreement dated as of June 1, 1987, between the Decatur County - 
Bainbridge Industrial Development Authority and Sanfilippo, as 
now in effect and as the same may be amended, replaced, restated 
and/or supplemented hereafter.

"BAINBRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENTS" shall mean all agreements, 
instruments and documents executed or delivered in connection 
with the Bainbridge Loan Agreement, as now in existence and as 
the same may be amended, replaced, restated and/or supplemented 
from time to time.

"BAINBRIDGE TRUSTEE" shall mean the trustee under the 
Bainbridge Indenture.

"BANK OF AMERICA" shall mean Bank of America Illinois, 
individually and as collateral agent pursuant to that certain 
Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of January 
24, 1997 among Bank of America Illinois, Sanfilippo, Sunshine, 
Quantz Acquisition Co., Inc., and the other parties that were 
signatories thereto.

"BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a day on which 
commercial banks are authorized or required to close in Denver, 
Colorado and, if such day relates to a borrowing of, a payment or 
prepayment of principal of or interest on, a conversion of or 
into, or an Interest Period for, a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a 
notice by the Borrower with respect to any such borrowing, 
payment, prepayment or Interest Period, any day which is also a 
day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried on the 
interbank market selected by the Agent for purposes of selling 
the Eurodollar Rate.

"CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" shall mean, as to any Person for any 
period, payments which are made by such Person for the lease, 
purchase, improvement, construction or use of any property, the 
value or cost of which under GAAP is required to be capitalized 
and appear on such Person's balance sheet in the category of 
property, plant or equipment, without regard to the manner in 
which such payments or the instrument pursuant to which they are 
made are characterized by such Person or any other Person, and 
shall include without limitation, payments for the installment 
purchase of property and payments under Capital Lease 
Obligations.

"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" shall mean, at the time of any 
determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability 
in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required 
to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

"CLOSING DATE" shall mean March 31, 1998.

"COMMITMENT" shall mean, as to any Lender, such Lender's 
Loan Commitment and/or such Lender's LC Commitment, and 
"COMMITMENTS" shall mean collectively, the Commitments for all 
the Lenders.

"DEFAULT" shall mean the occurrence or existence of: (a) an 
event which, through the passage of time or the service of notice 
or both, would (assuming no action is taken by the Borrower or 
any other Person to cure the same) mature into a Matured Default; 
(b) an event which requires neither the passage of time nor the 
service of notice to mature into a Matured Default; or (c) the 
occurrence of a breach or a default under any other agreement at 
any time in existence between the Borrower and the Agent or any 
of the Lenders, including without limitation, any of the 
Financing Agreements.

"DOLLARS" AND "$" shall mean lawful currency of the United 
States of America.

"EBITDA" shall mean, for any period of determination and 
with respect to any Person, the net income of such Person before 
provision for income taxes, interest expense (including without 
limitation, implicit interest expense on capitalized leases), 
depreciation, amortization and other noncash expenses or charges, 
excluding (to the extent otherwise included): (a) nonoperating 
gains (including without limitation, extraordinary or 
nonrecurring gains, gains from discontinuance of operations and 
gains arising from the sale of assets other than Inventory or 
property, plant and equipment) during the applicable period; and 
(b) similar nonoperating losses during such period.


"EQUIPMENT" shall mean any and all goods, other than 
Inventory (including without limitation, equipment, machinery, 
implements, tools, parts and accessories) which are at any time 
owned by the Borrower, together with any and all accessions, 
parts and appurtenances.


"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security 
Act of 1974, as amended and in effect at any time.

"EURODOLLAR RATE" shall mean, with respect to each day 
during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, 
the rate per annum equal to the rate at which Dollar deposits are 
offered for such Interest Period as set forth on, at the option 
of the Agent either the Reuters Screen LIBO Page or the Telerate 
Screen LIBO Page, in both cases at or about 9:00 a.m. (Denver 
time), two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest 
Period.

"EURODOLLAR RATE LOAN" shall mean any Loan which bears 
interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

"EXTENDED LC'S" shall mean any of the following: (a) any LC 
issued for the purpose of securing industrial development bond 
obligations of the Borrower; (b) the Bainbridge LC; or (c) any LC 
issued to the Commodity Credit Corporation or G.F.A./Commodity 
Credit Corporation PGCMA and having an expiration date more than 
twelve months after its issuance date. 

"FARM PRODUCTS" shall mean all of the Borrower's seed and 
harvested or unharvested crops of all types and descriptions, 
whether annual or perennial and all other personal property of 
the Borrower used or for use in farming operations, including 
without limitation, native grass, grain, harvested crops, feed, 
feed additives, feed ingredients, feed supplements, fertilizer, 
hay, silage, supplies (including without limitation, veterinary 
supplies and related goods) and livestock (including without 
limitation, the offspring of such livestock and livestock in 
gestation) and any other "farm products" (as defined in the Code-
).

"FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL" shall mean the applicable 
level of the Borrower's financial performance determined in 
accordance with the table and paragraph set forth below.


FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL           RATIO OF ADJUSTED FUNDED DEBT TO EBITDA

Level 1                               Greater than or equal to 4.01 to 1.0

Level 2                               Less than 4.01 to 1.0 but greater than
                                      or equal to 3.51 to 1.0
                                      
Level 3                               Less than 3.51 to 1.0 but greater than
                                      or equal to 3.01 to 1.0
                                                       
Level 4                               Less than 3.01 to 1.0 but greater than
                                      or equal to 2.51 to 1.0

Level 5                               Less than 2.51 to 1.0

The initial Financial Performance Level shall be Level 3.  
Beginning with the Borrower's fiscal quarter ending in March, 
1998, the Agent will review the Borrower's financial performance 
as of each fiscal quarter end, after its receipt of the 
Borrower's financial statements and compliance certificate for 
such fiscal quarter, and will confirm the Borrower's calculation 
of its ratio of quarter end Adjusted Funded Debt to rolling four 
quarter EBITDA for such fiscal quarter.  Any change in the 
Financial Performance Level will be effective thirty (30) days 
after Borrower's quarter end and Agent's receipt of the financial 
statements and compliance certificate supporting such change. If 
Borrower's financial statements and compliance certificate for 
any fiscal quarter are not delivered to the Agent on a timely 
basis, the Agent may, at its option, deem the Borrower's 
Financial Performance Level to be Level 1 until ten (10) Business 
Days after the Agent's receipt of such financial statements and 
compliance certificate.

"FINANCING AGREEMENTS" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, 
the Agent's Letter and all agreements, instruments and documents, 
including without limitation, all security agreements, loan 
agreements, notes, letter of credit applications, guarantees, 
mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, subordination 
agreements, pledges, guaranties, assignments of proceeds, 
assignments of income, assignments of contract rights, 
assignments of partnership interest, assignments of royalty 
interests, assignments of performance or other collateral 
assignments, completion or surety bonds, standby agreements, 
undertakings, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, 
contracts, notices, leases, financing statements and all other 
documents, agreements, instruments and other written matter at 
any time executed by or on behalf of the Borrower and delivered 
to the Agent or any of the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, 
whether as security for the payment or performance of the Notes 
or the Liabilities or otherwise, together with any and all 
amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, extensions, 
increases and rearrangements of, and substitutions for, any of 
the foregoing, and together with all agreements, instruments and 
documents referred to therein or contemplated thereby.

"FISCAL YEAR" shall mean the fiscal year of the Borrower, 
which shall be the twelve month period ending on the last 
Thursday in June in each year.

"FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean for any period of 
determination, the ratio of: (a) Unallocated Cash Flow plus 
interest paid during such period; over (b) the amount of 
scheduled principal payments actually made during such period 
with respect to long term debt, plus interest paid during such 
period.


"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles 
set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting 
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such 
other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of 
the accounting profession in the United States, which are 
applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

"GENERAL INTANGIBLES" shall mean all of the Borrower's 
right, title and interest in and to any bank deposit accounts, 
customer deposit accounts, deposits, rights related to prepaid 
expenses, negotiable or nonnegotiable instruments or securities, 
chattel paper, choses in action, causes of action and all other 
intangible personal property of every kind and nature (other than 
Accounts), including without limitation, corporate or other 
business records, inventions, designs, patents, patent applica-
tions, trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, goodwill, 
registrations, copyrights, licenses, franchises, customer lists, 
tax refunds, tax refund claims, customs claims, guarantee claims, 
cooperative memberships or patronage benefits, rights to any 
government subsidy, set aside, diversion, deficiency or disaster 
payment or payment in kind, milk bases, brands and brand 
registrations, water rights (including without limitation, water 
stock, ditch rights, well permits, water permits, applications 
and the like), Commodity Credit Corporation storage agreements or 
contracts, leasehold interests in real and personal property and 
any security interests or other security held by or granted to 
the Borrower to secure payment by any account debtor of any of 
the Accounts, and any other "general intangibles" (as defined in 
the Code).

"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any nation or 
government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and 
any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, 
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to 
government, including without limitation, any arbitration panel, 
any court or any commission.

"GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENT" shall mean any law, statute, 
code, ordinance, order, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, 
injunction, franchise, permit, certificate, license, 
authorization or other directive or requirement of any federal, 
state, county, municipal, parish, provincial or other 
Governmental Authority or any department, commission, board, 
court, agency or any other instrumentality of any of them.

"HIGHEST LAWFUL RATE" shall mean, with respect to each 
Lender, the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at 
any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, 
reserved, charged, or received with respect to the Notes or on 
other amounts, if any, payable to such Lender pursuant to this 
Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, under laws 
applicable to such Lender which are presently in effect, or, to 
the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may 
hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum 
nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.


"INTEREST PERIOD" shall mean with respect to Eurodollar Rate 
Loans, the period of time for which the Eurodollar Rate shall be 
in effect as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan and which shall be a 1, 
2, 3 or 6 month period of time, commencing with the borrowing 
date of the Eurodollar Rate Loan or the expiration date of the 
immediately preceding Interest Period, as the case may be, 
applicable to and ending on the effective date of any rate change 
or rate continuation made as provided in Section 3.2 as the 
Borrower may specify in the notice of borrowing delivered 
pursuant to Section 2.1 or the notice of interest conversion 
delivered pursuant to Section 3.2; provided however, that: (a) 
any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is 
not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding 
Business Day; (b) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the 
Maturity Date; and (c) there shall be no more than 5 Interest 
Periods at any one time.

"INVENTORY" shall mean any and all goods which shall at any 
time constitute "inventory" (as defined in the Code) or Farm 
Products of the Borrower, wherever located (including without 
limitation, goods in transit),  or which from time to time are 
held for sale, lease or consumption, furnished under any contract 
of service or held as raw materials, work in process, finished 
inventory or supplies (including without limitation, packaging 
and/or shipping materials).

"IRC" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended, as in effect at any time, together with all regulations, 
rulings and interpretations thereof or thereunder issued by the 
Internal Revenue Service.

"ISSUER" shall mean any party that issues an LC pursuant to 
this Agreement.

"LC" shall mean each letter of credit issued pursuant to 
this Agreement.

"LC COMMITMENT" shall mean as to any Lender, such Lender's 
Pro Rata Percentage of $20,000,000 using the percentage set forth 
opposite such Lender's name under the heading "Loan Commitments" 
on Exhibit 1A, as such amount may be reduced or terminated from 
time to time pursuant to Section 4.4 or 11.1, less such Lender's 
Pro Rata Percentage of payments received with respect to the LC 
Obligations, and "LC Commitments" shall mean collectively, the LC 
Commitments for all the Lenders.

"LC OBLIGATIONS" shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to 
the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn and unexpired amount of the 
outstanding LC's plus (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under 
LC's which have not been reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.2(f).

"LIABILITIES" shall mean any and all liabilities, 
obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower to the Agent, the 
Lenders or the Issuer under the Financing Agreements of any and 
every kind and nature, at any time owing, arising, due or payable 
and howsoever evidenced, created, incurred, acquired or owing, 
whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or 
otherwise (including without limitation, LC Obligations and 
obligations of performance) and whether arising or existing under 
this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or by 
operation of law. 
       
"LOAN COMMITMENT" shall mean as to any Lender, such Lender's 
Pro Rata Percentage of  $70,000,000 as set forth opposite such 
Lender's name under the heading "Loan Commitments" on Exhibit 1A, 
as such amount may be reduced or terminated from time to time 
pursuant to Section 4.4 or 11.1, and "LOAN COMMITMENTS" shall 
mean collectively, the Loan Commitments for all the Lenders.

"LOAN LIABILITIES" shall mean all of the Liabilities other 
than the LC Obligations.

"LOANS" shall mean all loans made pursuant to this 
Agreement, whether Reference Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans.

"MARGIN ACCOUNTS" shall mean all futures contracts or funds 
and other property related to such futures contracts, which the 
Borrower or the Borrower's authorized attorney-in-fact may 
acquire, accumulate, withdraw or pay out, and which may be held 
with any broker, including without limitation, any balance 
credited to any Margin Account upon its closing.
                
"MATURED DEFAULT" shall mean the occurrence or existence of 
any one or more of the following events: (a) the Borrower fails 
to pay any of the Liabilities consisting of principal or interest 
within five (5) Business Days after the time such Liabilities 
have become due or are declared due; (b) the Borrower fails to 
pay any of the Liabilities (other than principal and interest) 
within ten (10) Business Days after the time such Liabilities 
have become due or are declared due; (c) the Borrower fails or 
neglects to perform, keep or observe any of the covenants, 
conditions, promises or agreements contained in Sections 10.1, 
10.2 or 10.4; (d) the Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep 
or observe any of the covenants, conditions, promises or agree-
ments contained in this Agreement or in any of the other 
Financing Agreements (other than those covenants, conditions, 
promises and agreements referred to or covered in (a), (b), and 
(c) above and other than the covenants set forth in Section 9.6), 
and such failure or neglect continues for more than thirty (30) 
days after the earlier of the date the Agent gives the Borrower 
written notice thereof or the date the Borrower first learns of 
such failure or neglect, provided however, that such grace period 
shall not apply, and a Matured Default shall be deemed to have 
occurred and to exist immediately if such failure or neglect may 
not, in the Agent's reasonable determination, be cured by the 
Borrower during such thirty (30) day grace period; (e) 
[intentionally omitted]; (f) any warranty or representation at 
any time made by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with 
this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements is untrue 
or incorrect in any material respect, or any schedule, 
certificate, statement, report, financial data, notice, or 
writing furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Borrower to 
the Agent or the Lenders is untrue or incorrect in any material 
respect on the date as of which the facts set forth therein are 
stated or certified; (g) a judgment in excess of $1,000,000 is 
rendered against the Borrower and such judgment remains 
unsatisfied or undischarged and in effect for thirty (30) 
consecutive days without a stay of enforcement or execution, 
provided however, that this clause (g) shall not apply to any 
judgment for which the Borrower is fully insured and with respect 
to which the insurer has admitted liability in writing for such 
judgment; (h) all or any part of the Borrower's assets come 
within the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian or 
assignee for the benefit of creditors; (i) a proceeding under any 
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement of debt, insolvency, 
readjustment of debt or receivership law or statute is filed 
against the Borrower or any guarantor of any of the Liabilities 
and such proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of 
the date of its filing, or a proceeding under any bankruptcy, 
reorganization, arrangement of debt, insolvency, readjustment of 
debt or receivership law or statute is filed by the Borrower or 
any guarantor of any of the Liabilities, or the Borrower or any 
guarantor of the Liabilities makes an assignment for the benefit 
of creditors; (j) the Borrower or any guarantor of any of the 
Liabilities voluntarily or involuntarily dissolves or is dis-
solved, terminates or is terminated or dies; (k) the Borrower is 
enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by the order of any 
court or any administrative or regulatory agency or by the 
termination or expiration of any permit or license, from 
conducting all or any material part of the Borrower's business 
affairs; (l) the Borrower or any guarantor of any of the 
Liabilities fails to make any payment due or otherwise defaults 
on any other obligation for borrowed money in excess of 
$1,000,000 and the effect of such failure or default is to cause 
or permit the holder of such obligation or a trustee to cause 
such obligation to become due prior to its date of maturity; (m) 
any guarantor of any of the Liabilities purports to terminate its 
guaranty or to limit the application thereof to then existing 
Liabilities; (n) the Agent makes an expenditure under 
Section 13.3 and the Borrower fails to reimburse the Agent for 
such an expenditure in accordance with Section 13.3; (o) the 
occurrence of a default, an event of default or a matured default 
under any other agreement, instrument or document at any time 
entered into between the Borrower and the Agent; or (p) the 
Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any of the 
covenants, conditions, promises or agreements contained in 
Section 9.6 of this Agreement, and such failure or neglect 
continues for more than thirty (30) days after such failure or 
neglect first occurs, provided however, that such grace period 
shall not apply, and a Matured Default shall be deemed to have 
occurred and to exist immediately if such failure or neglect may 
not, in the Agent's reasonable determination, be cured by the 
Borrower during such thirty (30) day grace period.

"MATURITY DATE" shall mean March 31, 2001, or such later 
date as may be agreed upon in writing by the Borrower, the Agent 
and the Lenders, or the earlier date of termination in whole of 
the Commitments pursuant to Section 4.4 or 11.1.

"NOTES" shall mean the notes of the Borrower executed and 
delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

"PENSION PLAN" shall mean any employee pension benefit plan 
as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA in which any personnel of the 
Borrower or an Affiliate which is under common control with the 
Borrower (within the meaning of Section 414 of the IRC) 
participate  and which is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 
412 of the IRC.


"PERSON" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, 
partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, 
association, corporation, limited liability company, limited 
liability partnership, institution, entity, party or government 
(whether national, federal, state, provincial, county, city, 
municipal or otherwise, including without limitation, any 
instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

"PRO RATA PERCENTAGE" shall mean a fraction (expressed as a 
percentage), the numerator of which shall be the amount of such 
Lender's Commitment and the denominator of which shall be the 
aggregate amount of all the Commitments of the Lenders, as 
adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 13.24.

"PRUDENTIAL" shall mean The Prudential Insurance Company of 
America.

"PRUDENTIAL AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Second 
Amended and Restated Note Agreement dated as of January 24, 1997 
between Sanfilippo and Prudential, as the same may be amended, 
replaced, restated and/or supplemented from time to time.

"PRUDENTIAL NOTES" shall mean the "Notes" as such term is 
defined in the Prudential Agreement.

"REFERENCE RATE" shall mean the reference rate quoted by 
U.S. Bank as of 12:00 Noon on a given day in Minneapolis, 
Minnesota, which is a base rate that U.S. Bank from time to time 
establishes and which serves as a basis upon which effective 
rates of interest are calculated for those loans which make 
reference thereto.  The Borrower acknowledges that said Reference 
Rate is not necessarily the lowest index rate used or the lowest 
rate made available to customers by said U.S. Bank.

"REQUIRED LENDERS" shall mean at any time, the Lenders 
having at least sixty-three percent (63%) of the aggregate amount 
of all of the Lenders' Commitments.
                 
"TANGIBLE NET WORTH" shall mean as of any particular date, 
the difference between: (a) the Borrower's combined total assets 
as they would normally be shown on the balance sheet of the 
Borrower in accordance with GAAP, adjusted by deducting: (i) all 
values attributable to general intangibles, except: bank deposit 
accounts; Margin Accounts; government subsidy, set aside, 
diversion, deficiency or disaster payments receivable which are 
properly assigned to the Agent; and Commodity Credit Corporation 
storage agreement or contract receivables that are properly 
assigned to the Agent; and by deducting (ii) Accounts due from 
Affiliates with no further adjustment required for Accounts due 
from Affiliates already eliminated in combination except Accounts 
due from Affiliates which the Borrower could legally collect by 
setoff against Accounts due to Affiliates; and (b) the Borrower's 
combined total liabilities as they would normally be shown on the 
balance sheet of the Borrower, adjusted by adding as liabilities: 
(i) all capitalized leases and guarantees of the indebtedness of 
Affiliates, with no further adjustment required for guaranteed 
indebtedness already included in the combined balance sheet, and 
by deducting from liabilities: (ii) any and all liabilities which 
are expressly subordinated on terms satisfactory to the Agent.

"TEACHERS" shall mean Teachers Insurance and Annuity 
Association of America.

"TEACHERS AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Note Purchase 
Agreement dated as of August 30, 1995 between Sanfilippo and 
Teachers, as the same may be amended, replaced, restated and/or 
supplemented from time to time.

"TEACHERS NOTES" shall mean the "Notes" as such term is 
defined in the Teachers Agreement.

"TYPE" shall mean, with respect to any Loan, whether such 
Loan is a Reference Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

"UNALLOCATED CASH FLOW" shall mean for any period of 
determination (a) EBITDA during such period, plus (b) net new 
long term debt incurred during such period, plus (c) net capital 
contributions during such period, minus (d) the amount of cash 
income taxes paid during such period, minus (e) the amount of 
cash dividends paid during such period, minus (f) the amount of 
cash interest paid during such period, minus (g) the net amount 
of capital expenditures during such period.

"U.S. BANK"  shall mean a national banking association with 
its principal place of business in Minneapolis, Minnesota and an 
Affiliate of the Agent, which now or in the past is or has been 
known as U.S. Bank, and its successors and assigns, whether or 
not it or any such successor or assign is then known by such 
name.

"WORKING CAPITAL" shall mean as of any particular date, the 
amount of the Borrower's combined current assets, less the 
Borrower's combined current liabilities (including without 
limitation, the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding) determined 
in accordance with GAAP, adjusted by deducting: (i) all values 
attributable to general intangibles, except: bank deposit 
accounts; Margin Accounts; government subsidy, set aside, 
diversion, deficiency or disaster payments receivable which are 
properly assigned to the Agent; and Commodity Credit Corporation 
storage agreement or contract receivables that are properly 
assigned to the Agent; and by deducting (ii) Accounts due from 
Affiliates with no further adjustment required for Accounts due 
from Affiliates already eliminated in combination except Accounts 
due from Affiliates which the Borrower could legally collect by 
setoff against Accounts due to Affiliates, and treating as equity 
any and all liabilities which are expressly subordinated on terms 
satisfactory to the Agent.
               
"WORKING CAPITAL RATIO" shall mean as of any particular 
date, the ratio of the Borrower's combined current assets, to the 
Borrower's combined current liabilities determined in accordance 
with GAAP, treating all amounts currently owing to Affiliates as 
current liabilities and giving no value as assets to any amounts 
currently owing from Affiliates.

 1.2    INDEX TO OTHER DEFINITIONS.   When used herein, the 
following capitalized terms shall have the meanings given in the 
indicated portions of this Agreement: 

             TERM                        LOCATION

             Agreement                   introduction

             Application                 Section 2.2(c)

             Assignee                    Section 13.24

             Assignment and Acceptance   Section 13.24

             Borrower                    introduction

             Code                        Section 1.4

             Default Rate                Section 3.1(c)

             Environmental Laws          Section 7.9

             Equalization Transfer       Section 2.1(c)

             ERISA                       Section 7.19

             Excess                      Section 13.19

             U.S. Bancorp                introduction

             Issuer                      Section 2.2

             Lenders                     introduction

             Loan                        Section 2.1(a)

             Loan Account                Section 2.1(o)

             Note

             Section 2.1(h)Purchasing    Section 2.1(f)
             Lender

             Selling Lender              Section 2.1(f)

             Taxes                       Section 5.5(a)

             UCP                         Section 2.2(d)

                                         
 1.3    ACCOUNTING TERMS.  Any accounting terms used in this 
Agreement which are not specifically defined in this Agreement 
shall have the meanings customarily given them in accordance 
with GAAP.

 1.4    OTHERS DEFINED IN COLORADO UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE.  
All other terms contained in this Agreement (which are not 
specifically defined in this Agreement) shall have the meanings 
set forth in the Uniform Commercial Code of Colorado ("Code") to 
the extent the same are used or defined therein.

 2	LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT.

 2.1    LOANS.

(a)	Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon 
the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender 
severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (each a "Loan" 
and more than one Loan, the "Loans") to the Borrower on any one 
or more Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, up to an 
aggregate principal amount of Loans not exceeding each such 
Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the Available Amount on such 
Business Day. Within such limits and during such period and 
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the 
Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Loans.


(b)	It is anticipated that on each Business Day the 
Borrower may wish to borrow and repay Reference Rate Loans.  To 
minimize the number of transfers of funds to and from the 
Lenders resulting from such borrowings and repayments, the Agent 
will fund daily Reference Rate Loans for the accounts of the 
Lenders and will apply daily repayments of Reference Rate Loans 
to the accounts of the Lenders, other than according to the 
Lenders' Pro Rata Percentages (i.e., without receiving from the 
other Lenders their Pro Rata Percentage of a Reference Rate Loan 
on the date of disbursement thereof or without paying the other 
Lenders their Pro Rata Percentage of a repayment of a Reference 
Rate Loan on the date of payment thereof), provided however, 
that no such Reference Rate Loan shall be made and no repayment 
of a Reference Rate Loan shall be applied other than according 
to the Lenders' Pro Rata Percentages, if: (i) at the time of 
such Reference Rate Loan or repayment the Agent has actual 
knowledge of a Matured Default, or (ii) after giving effect to 
the requested Reference Rate Loan or after applying the 
repayment, the absolute value of the amount that would have to 
be reallocated to make the Reference Rate Loans held according 
to the Lenders' Pro Rata Percentages, would exceed $5,000,000.

(c)	At any time in the discretion of the Agent and in any 
event on the next to last Business Day of each week if the 
outstanding Reference Rate Loans are not held according to the 
Lenders' Pro Rata Percentages, the Agent shall give notice to 
the Lenders of the amount of funds to be transferred from the 
Agent to the Lenders, or from the Lenders to the Agent, or from 
one Lender to another, as the case may be (each such transfer, 
an "Equalization Transfer") required to cause the Reference Rate 
Loans to be held by the Lenders according to their Pro Rata 
Percentages.  On the next Business Day following such notice the 
necessary Equalization Transfers shall be made in immediately 
available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (Denver time).

(d)	Except as provided in Section 2.1(e), any Equalization 
Transfer by the Lenders to the Agent shall be deemed to 
constitute Reference Rate Loans by such Lenders to the Borrower 
the proceeds of which will immediately be used to make 
repayments of Reference Rate Loans held by the Agent, and any 
Equalization Transfer by the Agent to the Lenders shall be 
deemed to constitute Reference Rate Loans by the Agent to the 
Borrower the proceeds of which will immediately be used to make 
repayments of Reference Rate Loans held by the Lenders.

(e)	In the event that on the date on which any Equalization 
Transfer is required to be made pursuant to Section 2.1(c), a 
Matured Default of the type described in clause (i) of the 
definition thereof shall have occurred and be continuing, any 
Equalization Transfer by the Lenders to the Agent, and any 
Equalization Transfer by the Agent to the Lenders shall be 
deemed to constitute a purchase by the Lenders or the Agent, as 
the case may be, of a direct interest, in the amount of such 
Equalization Transfer, in outstanding Reference Rate Loans of 
the Lenders to the Borrower, to the end that each of the Lenders 
shall have an interest therein equal to their respective Pro 
Rata Percentages as of the date of occurrence of such Matured 
Default.

(f)	At any time after any Lender (a "Selling Lender") has 
received any Equalization Transfer that constitutes a purchase 
by any other Lender (a "Purchasing Lender") of a direct interest 
in such Selling Lender's Reference Rate Loans pursuant to 
Section 2.1(e), if such Selling Lender receives any payment on 
account of its Reference Rate Loans, such Selling Lender will 
distribute to such Purchasing Lender its proportionate share of 
such payment (appropriately adjusted in the case of interest 
payments, to reflect the period of time during which such 
Purchasing Lender's direct interest was outstanding and funded); 
provided however, that in the event that such payment received 
by such Selling Lender is required to be returned, such 
Purchasing Lender will return to such Selling Lender any portion 
thereof previously distributed to it by such Selling Lender.

(g)     Each Lender's obligation to make Equalization Transfers 
pursuant to Section 2.1(c) shall be absolute and unconditional 
and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without 
limitation, (i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense 
or other right which such Lender or any other Person may have 
against the Agent or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; 
(ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or a Matured 
Default or the termination of the Commitments; (iii) any adverse 
change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower 
or any other Person; (iv) any breach of this Agreement by the 
Borrower or any other Lender, including without limitation, any 
other Lender's failure to make any Equalization Transfer; or (v) 
any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether 
or not similar to any of the foregoing.  

(h)	The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent for 
each Lender to evidence the Loans made by each Lender under such 
Lender's Loan Commitment, a revolving credit note (each such 
note, a "Note" and more than one Note, the "Notes"), which shall 
be (i) dated the date of the Closing Date; (ii) in the principal 
amount of such Lender's maximum Loan Commitment; and (iii) in 
substantially the form attached as Exhibit 2A, appropriately 
completed.  Each Lender shall post (iv) the date and principal 
amount of each Loan made under such Note; (v) the rate of 
interest each such Loan will bear; and (vi) each payment of 
principal thereon; provided however, that any failure of such 
Lender to so post shall not affect the Borrower's obligations 
thereunder; and provided further, that such Lender's records as 
to such matters shall be controlling whether or not such Lender 
has so posted.  The outstanding principal balance of each Note 
shall be payable on or before the Maturity Date.

(i)	In the event that the Borrower fails to pay any 
principal or interest on the date the same is due and payable, 
the Agent may notify the Lenders to make a Loan to pay such past 
due amount and each Lender shall post its records with respect 
to such Loan in accordance with Section 2.1(h) of this 
Agreement; provided however, that any failure of such Lender to 
so post shall not affect the Borrower's obligations hereunder or 
under the Notes; and provided further, that such Lender's 
records as to such matters shall be controlling.
        
(j)	Each borrowing under this Agreement shall in the case 
of any Eurodollar Rate Loan, be in an aggregate amount of not 
less than $1,000,000 or in integral multiples of $100,000 in 
excess thereof; and at the option of the Borrower, any borrowing 
may be comprised of two or more Loans bearing different rates of 
interest; provided however, that Loans made on the Closing Date 
or on the first Business Day after the Closing Date shall bear 
interest from the date of such Loan at a rate per annum equal to 
the lesser of (i) the Reference Rate in effect from time to time 
plus the Applicable Margin, or (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate, 
unless and until the Borrower gives notice under Section 3.2, 
and provided further that the Borrower may not have more than 
five (5) Eurodollar Rate Loans outstanding at any one time.  
Each Loan shall be made upon prior written notice from the 
Borrower to the Agent delivered not later than 11:00 a.m. 
(Denver time) on the Closing Date with respect to any Loans to 
be made on the first Business Day after the Closing Date, or 
with respect to any Loans made thereafter, on the same Business 
Day as the proposed Loan if such borrowing is a Loan which is a 
Reference Rate Loan, or two Business Days prior to the proposed 
Loan if such borrowing is a Loan which is a Eurodollar Rate 
Loan.  Each such notice of borrowing with respect to the Loans 
shall be irrevocable and shall specify (iii) the amount of the 
proposed borrowing; (iv) the date of the proposed borrowing; (v) 
the Type of each such Loan; and (vi) with respect to any 
Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Interest Period with respect to each 
such Loan and the expiration date of each such Interest Period. 
The Borrower shall give the Agent written (including 
facsimile) notice by the required time of any proposed 
borrowing.  Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall incur any 
liability to the Borrower in acting upon any facsimile notice 
referred to above which the Agent believes in good faith to have 
been given by the Borrower, or for otherwise acting in good 
faith under this Section 2.1(j).

(k)     The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of any
notice received by the Agent from the Borrower pursuant to 
Section 2.1(j).  In the case of a proposed borrowing of a Loan 
comprised of Eurodollar Rate Loans, the Agent shall also 
promptly notify each Lender of the applicable interest rate.  
Each Lender shall, before 11:00 a.m. (Denver time) on the date 
for any proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan and before 12:00 noon 
(Denver time) on the date for any proposed Reference Rate Loan, 
make available for the account of the Agent at its address set 
forth in Section 13.18, in same day funds, its Pro Rata 
Percentage of such borrowing.  After the Agent's receipt of such 
funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set 
forth in Article 8, on the date for the proposed Loan, the Agent 
shall make the borrowing available to the Borrower in 
immediately available funds.  Any Loan made by the Agent 
pursuant to a request believed by the Agent to be an authorized 
request by the Borrower for a Loan shall be deemed to be a Loan 
for all purposes with the same effect as if the Borrower had in 
fact requested the Agent to make such Loan.

(l)	Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a 
Lender prior to the date of any borrowing of a Loan that such 
Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender's Pro 
Rata Percentage of such Loan, the Agent may assume that such 
Lender has made such portion available to the Agent on the date 
of such Loan in accordance with Section 2.1 and the Agent may, 
in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower 
on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that 
such Lender shall not have so made its Pro Rata Percentage 
available to the Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally 
agree to repay to the Agent, within five (5) Business Days after 
demand therefor, such corresponding amount together with 
interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made 
available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid 
to the Agent, (i) in the case of the Borrower, at the interest 
rate applicable at the time the Loans comprising such borrowing 
were made, and (ii) in the case of such Lender, at the federal 
funds rate.  If such Lender shall repay to the Agent such 
corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute 
such Lender's Loan as part of such borrowing for purposes of 
this Agreement.

(m)	The failure of any Lender to make the Loan or 
Equalization Transfer to be made by it as required by this 
Agreement shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, 
if any, to make its Loan or Equalization Transfer on the date 
the same is required to be made, but no Lender shall be 
responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan 
or Equalization Transfer to be made by such other Lender on the 
date required for the same.

(n)	Loans may be made by the Agent on the Agent's receipt 
of written notice from the Chairman of the Board, the President 
or the Chief Financial Officer of Sanfilippo (provided that the 
Agent shall have received a satisfactory incumbency certificate 
containing a specimen signature of any such officer giving such 
notice), who are authorized to request Loans and direct the 
disposition of any such Loans until written notice of the 
revocation of such authority is received by the Agent at its 
address designated below.  Any such Loans shall be conclusively 
presumed to have been made to or for the benefit of the Borrower 
when the Agent believes in good faith that such notice was made 
by authorized persons, or when said Loans are deposited to the 
credit of the account of the Borrower regardless of the fact 
that Persons other than those authorized hereunder may have 
authority to draw against such account.

(o)	The Agent shall maintain a loan account ("Loan 
Account") on its books in which shall be recorded: (a) all Loans 
to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; (b) all payments 
made by the Borrower on all Loans; and (c) all other appropriate 
debits and credits as provided in this Agreement, including 
without limitation, all fees, charges, expenses and interest.  
All entries in the Borrower's Loan Account shall be made in 
accordance with the Agent's customary accounting practices as in 
effect from time to time.  The Borrower promises to pay the 
amount reflected as owing by and under its Loan Account and all 
other obligations hereunder as such amounts become due or are 
declared due pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(p)	All Loans to the Borrower, and all other debits and 
credits provided for in this Agreement, shall be evidenced by 
entries made by the Agent in its internal data control systems 
showing the date and amount  of each such debit or credit.  The 
balance in the Borrower's Loan Account, as set forth on the 
Agent's most recent printout, shall be rebuttable presumptive 
evidence of the amounts due and owing the Agent, the Lenders and 
the Issuer by the Borrower.

(q)	The purpose of the Loans is to provide working capital 
for the Borrower's operations and for the making of capital 
expenditures and acquisitions otherwise permitted by this 
Agreement.

 2.2    LC'S.
            
(a)	Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, 
the Borrower may from time to time request that the Agent issue 
or cause to be issued by an Affiliate of the Agent one or more 
LC's for the Borrower's account for any proper business purpose 
as determined by the Agent in its reasonable discretion (the 
Agent or its Affiliate thereby becoming the "Issuer"); provided 
however, that except as provided in Section 2.2(b), the Agent 
shall not issue or cause its Affiliate to issue any such LC if 
(i) such issuance would cause the LC Obligations to exceed 
$20,000,000 at the time of such issuance, (ii) the face amount 
of such LC exceeds the Available Amount at the time of such 
issuance, or (iii) the proposed expiry date for the LC is on or 
after a date which is the earlier of (A) twelve (12) months 
after its date of issuance or (B) the Maturity Date.

(b)	Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, 
the Borrower may from time to time request that the Agent issue 
or cause to be issued by an Affiliate of the Agent Extended LC's 
for the Borrower's account (the Agent or its Affiliate thereby 
becoming the "Issuer"); provided however, that the Agent shall 
not issue or cause its Affiliate to issue any such Extended LC's 
if (i) such issuance would cause the LC Obligations to exceed 
$20,000,000 at the time of such issuance, (ii) the face amount 
of such LC exceeds the Available Amount at the time of such 
issuance, or (iii) the proposed expiry date for the Extended LC 
is on or after June 1, 2002.

(c)	In order to effect the issuance of each LC, the 
Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a letter of credit 
application (the "Application") not later than 11:00 a.m. 
(Denver time), five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed date 
of issuance of the LC.  The Application shall be duly executed 
by a responsible officer of the Borrower, shall be irrevocable 
and shall (i) specify the day on which such LC is to be issued 
(which shall be a Business Day), and (ii) be accompanied by a 
certificate executed by a responsible officer stating that all 
conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and 
setting forth calculations evidencing availability for any LC as 
required pursuant to Section 2.2(a).

(d)	Upon receipt of the Application, and satisfaction of 
the applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement, and 
provided however, that no Default or Matured Default exists, or 
would, after giving effect to the issuance of the LC, exist, the 
Agent or its Affiliate shall issue such LC no later than the 
close of business, in Denver, Colorado or Minneapolis, 
Minnesota, on the date so specified. The Agent shall provide the 
Borrower and each Lender with a copy of the LC which has been 
issued.  Each LC shall (i) provide for the payment of drafts 
presented for honor thereunder by the beneficiary in accordance 
with the terms thereof, when such drafts are accompanied by the 
documents described in the LC, if any, and (ii) to the extent 
not inconsistent with the express terms hereof or the applicable 
Application, be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for 
Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of 
Commerce Publication No. 500 (together with any subsequent 
revisions thereof approved by a Congress of the International 
Chamber of Commerce and adhered to by the Agent or its 
Affiliate, the "UCP"), and shall, as to matters not governed by 
the UCP, be governed by, and construed and interpreted in 
accordance with, the laws of the State of Minnesota.

(e) Upon the issuance date of each LC, the Agent shall be 
deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have sold 
to each other Lender, and each other Lender shall be deemed, 
without further action by any party hereto, to have purchased 
from the Agent, a participation, to the extent of such Lender's 
Pro Rata Percentage, in the LC, the obligations thereunder and 
in the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower due in respect 
of drawings made under the LC. If requested by the Agent, the 
other Lenders will execute any other documents reasonably 
requested by the Agent to evidence the purchase of such 
participations.

(f)	Upon the presentment of a draft for honor under any LC 
by the beneficiary thereof which the Issuer has determined is in 
compliance with the conditions for payment thereunder, the 
Issuer shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Agent (as 
applicable) and each Lender of the intended date of honor of 
such draft, the amount due and owing in respect of such draft 
shall automatically and without any action by any Person be due 
and payable by the Borrower on the intended date of honor, and 
each Lender shall, notwithstanding any other provision of this 
Agreement (including the occurrence and continuance of a Default 
or a Matured Default), make available to the Agent for the 
benefit of the Issuer an amount equal to its Pro Rata Percentage 
of the presented draft on the day the Issuer is required to 
honor such draft.  If such amount is not in fact made available 
to the Agent by such Lender on such date, such amount shall bear 
interest at the lesser of (i) the federal funds rate or (ii) the 
Highest Lawful Rate, payable on demand by the Agent.  Each 
drawing under any LC shall constitute a request by the Borrower 
to the Agent for a borrowing pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of Loans 
in the amount of such drawing.

(g)	The Borrower's obligation to reimburse the Issuer for 
the amount of any draft drawn under an LC shall be absolute, 
unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid immediately to 
the Agent for the account of the Lenders upon demand by the 
Agent, and otherwise strictly in accordance with the terms of 
this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever, including 
without limitation, the following circumstances:

(i)	The existence of any claim, set-off, defense or 
other rights which the Borrower may have at any time against any 
beneficiary or any transferee of any LC (or any Person for whom 
any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the 
Issuer, any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection 
with this Agreement, any other Financing Agreement, the 
transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated 
transaction, unless otherwise provided by the terms of such LC;

(ii)	Any statement or any other document presented 
under any LC proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any 
respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in 
any respect;

(iii)	Payment by the Issuer under any LC against 
presentation of a draft or certificate which does not comply 
with the terms of such LC, provided however, that such payment 
shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful 
misconduct of the Issuer; and

(iv)	Any other circumstance or event whatsoever, 
whether or not similar to the foregoing, provided however, that 
such other circumstance or event shall not have been the result 
of gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuer.

(h)	The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions 
of the beneficiary and any transferee of each LC with respect to 
its use of such LC. Neither the Issuer, the Agent nor any Lender 
shall be liable or responsible for, and the Borrower indemnifies 
and holds the Issuer, the Agent and each Lender harmless for: 
(i) the use which may be made of any LC or for any acts or 
omissions of the beneficiary and any transferee thereof in 
connection therewith, or (ii) the validity or genuineness of 
documents, or of any endorsement(s) thereon, even if such 
documents should, in fact prove to be in any or all respects 
invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any other circumstances 
whatsoever in making or failing to make payment, against the 
Issuer, the Agent or any Lender, except damages determined to 
have been caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct of 
the Issuer in determining whether documents presented under an 
LC comply with the terms of such LC and there shall have been a 
wrongful payment as a result thereof; provided however, that it 
is the intention of the Borrower to indemnify the Issuer, the 
Agent and each Lender for the negligence of the Issuer, the 
Agent or each Lender respectively, other than negligence 
constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct. In 
furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuer 
may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, 
without responsibility for investigation, regardless of any 
notice or information to the contrary.

(i)	In the event that any provision of an Application is 
inconsistent, or in conflict with, any provision of this 
Agreement, including provisions for the rate of interest 
applicable to draws thereunder, delivery of collateral or rights 
of set-off or any representations, warranties, covenants or any 
events of default set forth therein, the provisions of this 
Agreement shall govern.	

(j)	If any LC to be issued has an expiration date after the 
Maturity Date, then as a condition to the issuance thereof, the 
Borrower shall deposit with the Agent, for the ratable benefit 
of the Lenders and the Issuer, cash collateral or other liquid 
collateral, of a type and in an amount which is satisfactory to 
the Lenders, in their sole discretion, to secure the LC 
Obligations relating to such LC.

 3	INTEREST.

 3.1    INTEREST.

The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal 
amount of each Loan made by each Lender from the date of such 
Loan until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the 
times and at the rates per annum set forth below:

(a)	So long as no Matured Default has occurred or is 
continuing, during such periods as such Loan is a Reference Rate 
Loan, a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of the 
Reference Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable 
Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate, payable monthly in 
arrears on the first day of each month commencing April 1, 1998, 
and on the Maturity Date.  With respect to each Reference Rate 
Loan, the rate of interest accruing shall change concurrently 
with each change in the Reference Rate as announced by U.S. 
Bank.

(b)	So long as no Matured Default has occurred or is 
continuing, during such periods as such Loan is a Eurodollar 
Rate Loan, a rate per annum during each Interest Period for such 
Loan, equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of the Eurodollar Rate 
for such Interest Period for such Loan plus the Applicable 
Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate, payable monthly in 
arrears on the first day of each month during the applicable 
Interest Period, and on the last day of such Interest Period.

(c)	After the occurrence of a Matured Default the Agent 
may notify the Borrower that for so long as such Matured Default 
is continuing, any amount due hereunder, under the Notes or 
under any other Financing Agreements, whether for principal, 
interest (to the extent permitted by applicable law), fees, 
expenses or otherwise, shall bear interest, from the date on 
which such Matured Default occurs and during the continuation of 
such Matured Default, payable on demand, at a rate per annum 
(the "Default Rate") equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of three 
percent (3.0%) per annum plus the Reference Rate in effect from 
time to time and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate.

(d)	All computations of interest pursuant to this Section 
3.1 shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 360 
days, unless the foregoing would result in a rate exceeding the 
Highest Lawful Rate, in which case such computations shall be 
based on a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.  
Interest, whether based on a year of 360, 365 or 366 days, shall 
be charged for the actual number of days (including the first 
day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for 
which such interest is payable.  Each determination by the Agent 
of an interest rate hereunder shall be conclusive and binding 
for all purposes, absent manifest error.

3.2    VOLUNTARY CONVERSION OF LOANS.

The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon the Borrower's 
written (including facsimile) notice given by the Borrower to 
the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (Denver time) on the day 
which is two Business Days prior to the date of any proposed 
interest conversion or rollover, convert Loans from one Type to 
another Type, or continue or rollover existing Eurodollar Rate 
Loans; provided however, (a) with respect to any conversion into 
or rollover of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, no Default or Matured 
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) with respect 
to any facsimile notice of interest conversion, the Borrower 
shall promptly confirm such notice by sending the original 
notice to the Agent, and (c) any continuation or rollover of 
Eurodollar Rate Loans for the same or a different Interest 
Period or into Reference Rate Loans, shall be made on, and only 
on, the last day of the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate 
Loans.  Each such notice of interest conversion shall specify 
therein (d) the requested date of such conversion, and (e) if 
such interest conversion is into Loans constituting Eurodollar 
Rate Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period for 
each such Loan.  The Agent shall promptly deliver a copy of each 
such notice to each Lender.  Each such notice shall be 
irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.  If the Borrower shall 
fail to give a notice of interest conversion with respect to any 
Eurodollar Rate Loan as set forth above, such Loan shall 
automatically convert to a Reference Rate Loan on the last day 
of the Interest Period with respect thereto.

4      PAYMENTS; PREPAYMENTS; TERMINATION OF COMMITMENTS; ETC.

4.1    PAYMENT OF LOANS.

(a)	Whenever any payment hereunder or under any Note shall 
be due on a day other than a Business Day, the date for payment 
of such amounts shall be extended to the next succeeding 
Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in 
the computation of payment of interest.

(b)	The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and 
under the Notes not later than 11:00 a.m. (Denver time) on the 
day when due in lawful money of the United States and in 
immediately available funds to the Agent for the account of the 
Lenders.  Subject to Section 2.1, the Agent will promptly 
distribute in lawful money of the United States and in 
immediately available funds to each Lender its ratable (based on 
the respective Pro Rata Percentages of the Lenders) share of 
each such payment received by the Agent for the account of the 
Lenders.

4.2    OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS ON THE LOANS.

The Borrower may at any time prepay the outstanding 
principal amount of any Loan, in either case in whole or in 
part, in accordance with this Section 4.2.  The  Borrower shall 
give prior notice of any such prepayment to the Agent, which 
notice shall be written for any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate 
Loan, and which notice shall state the proposed date of such 
prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), and which notice 
shall be delivered to the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. 
(Denver time): (a) with respect to any Loan which is a Reference 
Rate Loan, on the date of prepayment, and (b) with respect to 
any Loan which is a Eurodollar Rate Loan, two (2) Business Days 
prior to the date of prepayment. All prepayments of Reference 
Rate Loans shall be without premium or penalty of any kind.  All 
prepayments of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made together with 
accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of such 
prepayment on the principal amount prepaid without premium or 
penalty thereon, provided however, that funding losses incurred 
by any Lender as described in Section 5.3 shall be payable with 
respect to each such prepayment.  All notices of prepayment 
shall be irrevocable and the payment amount specified in each 
such notice shall be due and payable on the prepayment date 
described in such notice, together with, in the case of 
Eurodollar Rate Loans, accrued and unpaid interest (if any) on 
the principal amount prepaid and any amounts due under Section 
5.3.  The Borrower shall have no optional right to prepay the 
principal amount of any Eurodollar Rate Loan other than as 
provided in this Section 4.2.

4.3    INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.


4.4    TERMINATION OF THE COMMITMENTS.

The Agent shall have the right, with the consent of the 
Required Lenders and without notice to the Borrower, to 
terminate the Commitments immediately upon a Matured Default, or 
upon the repayment in full of all of the Liabilities.  In 
addition, the Loan Commitments shall be deemed immediately 
terminated and all of the Liabilities shall be immediately due 
and payable, without notice to the Borrower, on the Maturity 
Date.  In the event any of the Commitments are terminated, the 
remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and 
effect until the indefeasible full payment and full satisfaction 
of the Liabilities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event 
that a proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, 
arrangement of debt, insolvency, readjustment of debt or 
receivership law or statute is filed by or against the Borrower, 
or the Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit of 
creditors, the Commitments shall be deemed to be terminated 
immediately, and all the Liabilities shall be due and payable, 
provided however, that in the event a proceeding against the 
Borrower is dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date of its 
filing and there is then no other basis for the termination of 
the Commitments or the acceleration of the Liabilities, then the 
Commitments shall be deemed to be reinstated and the 
acceleration of the Liabilities shall be deemed to be rescinded, 
both as of the date the order of dismissal becomes final and the 
Agent is given notice thereof.

5      INTEREST; INCREASED COSTS; TAXES; ETC.

5.1    EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS.

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding:

(a)	If any Lender shall notify the Agent that the 
introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any 
law or regulation makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or 
other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for 
such Lender to perform its obligations to make Eurodollar Rate 
Loans or to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans (whether or 
not such assertion carries the force of law), the obligation of 
such Lender to make, rollover or to convert Loans into 
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the circumstances 
causing such suspension no longer exist and the Agent shall have 
so notified the Borrower, and the existing Eurodollar Rate Loans 
of such Lender shall automatically convert, on and as of the 
date of such suspension, into Reference Rate Loans; provided 
that each Lender represents and warrants to the Borrower that as 
of the later of (i) the Closing Date or (ii) the date on which 
it shall have executed an Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to 
Section 13.24(a), it has no actual knowledge that it would be 
unlawful for such Lender to make Eurodollar Rate Loans as 
contemplated.
                            
(b)	If the Required Lenders shall, not later than 11:00 
a.m. (Denver time) one Business Day before the date of any 
requested borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Loans, notify 
the Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for Eurodollar Rate Loans 
comprising such borrowing will not adequately reflect the cost 
to such Required Lenders of making or funding their respective 
Eurodollar Rate Loans for such borrowing, the right of the 
Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate Loans for such borrowing or 
any subsequent borrowing respectively shall be suspended until 
the Required Lenders shall notify the Agent that the 
circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and the 
Eurodollar Rate Loans comprising such requested borrowing shall 
be Reference Rate Loans.

5.2    INCREASED COSTS.

If, due to either (a) the introduction of or any change in 
or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (b) the 
compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank 
or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force 
of law), there shall be any increase in the cost or reduction in 
yield or rate of return to any Lender of agreeing to make or 
making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan or maintaining 
its Commitment with respect thereto (other than any increase in 
income or franchise taxes imposed on it by the jurisdiction 
under the laws of which such Lender is organized or the 
jurisdiction in which such Lender's relevant office is located), 
then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by such 
Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), pay to the 
Agent for the account of such Lender additional amounts 
sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost, 
reduction in yield or rate of return, provided however, that 
similar compensation is also customarily demanded by such Lender 
from other borrowers similarly situated and under similar 
circumstances.  Any request for payment under this Section 5.2 
will be submitted to the Borrower and the Agent by such Lender 
identifying with reasonable specificity the basis for and the 
amount of such increased cost, and shall be conclusive and 
binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 5.3    FUNDING LOSSES.
                      
The Borrower will indemnify each Lender against, and 
reimburse each Lender on demand for, any loss, cost or expense 
incurred or sustained by such Lender (including without 
limitation, any loss or expense incurred by reason of the 
liquidation or redeployment of deposits or other funds acquired 
by such Lender to fund or maintain any Loan) as a result of (a) 
any payment, conversion, rollover, or prepayment (whether 
authorized or required hereunder or otherwise) of all or a 
portion of any Loan on a day other than the last day of an 
Interest Period for such Loan; (b) any payment, conversion, 
rollover or prepayment (whether required hereunder or otherwise) 
of such Lender's Loan made after the delivery of a notice of 
borrowing delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(j) (whether oral or 
written) but before the proposed date for such Eurodollar Rate 
Loan if such payment or prepayment prevents the proposed 
borrowing from becoming fully effective; (c) after receipt by 
the Agent of a notice of borrowing delivered pursuant to 
Section 2.1(j), the failure of any Loan to be made or effected 
by such Lender due to any condition precedent to a borrowing not 
being satisfied or due to any other action or inaction of the 
Borrower; or (d) any rescission of a notice of borrowing 
delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(j) or a notice of interest 
conversion delivered pursuant to Section 3.2.  Any Lender 
demanding payment under this Section 5.3 shall deliver to the 
Borrower and the Agent a statement reasonably setting forth the 
amount and manner of determining such loss, cost or expense, 
which statement shall be conclusive and binding for all 
purposes, absent manifest error.  Compensation owing to a Lender 
as a result of any such loss, cost or expense resulting from a 
payment, prepayment, conversion or rollover of a Eurodollar Rate 
Loan shall include without limitation, an amount equal to the 
sum of the amount of the interest that, but for such event, such 
Lender would have earned for the remainder of the applicable 
Interest Period plus any expense or penalty incurred by such 
Lender.

5.4    CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS.

(a)	If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption 
after the date of this Agreement of any applicable law, rule or 
regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein 
after the date of this Agreement, or any change in the 
interpretation or administration thereof after the date of this 
Agreement by any Governmental Authority, central bank or 
comparable agency charged with the interpretation or 
administration thereof, or compliance by such Lender with any 
request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not 
having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or 
comparable agency issued after the date of this Agreement, 
affects or would affect the amount of capital required or 
expected to be maintained by such Lender or any corporation 
controlling such Lender, and that the amount of such capital 
requirement is increased, or has or would have the effect of 
reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or such 
corporation's capital to a level below that which such Lender or 
such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, 
change or compliance, in each case as a consequence of its 
obligations hereunder (taking into consideration such Lender's 
policies with respect to capital adequacy), then the Borrower 
shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as 
are reasonably determined by such Lender to be sufficient to 
compensate such Lender or such corporation in the light of such 
circumstances, provided however, that similar compensation is 
also customarily demanded by such Lender from other borrowers 
similarly situated and under similar circumstances.

(b)	A certificate of such Lender setting forth such amount 
or amounts as shall be necessary to compensate such Lender as 
specified in Section 5.4(a) above shall be delivered as soon as 
practicable to the Borrower and shall be conclusive and binding, 
absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the 
amount shown as due on any such certificate within fifteen (15) 
days after such Lender delivers such certificate.  In preparing 
such certificate, such Lender may employ such assumptions and 
allocations of costs and expenses as it shall in good faith deem 
reasonable and may use any reasonable averaging and attribution 
method.

5.5    TAXES.

(a) Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder or under 
the Notes shall be made free and clear of and without deduction 
for any and all present or future taxes, deductions, charges or 
withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, 
including without limitation, such taxes, deductions, charges, 
withholdings or liabilities whatsoever imposed, assessed, levied 
or collected by any taxing authority and all (other than to the 
extent due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any 
Lender) interest, penalties, expenses or similar liabilities 
with respect thereto ("Taxes"), excluding however, from the 
definition of Taxes, in the case of each Lender and the Agent, 
taxes imposed on its income (including penalties and interest 
payable in respect thereof), and franchise taxes imposed on it 
by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or the 
Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political 
subdivision thereof.  If the Borrower shall be required by law 
to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable 
hereunder or under any Note to any Lender or the Agent, (i) the 
sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after 
making all required deductions (including deductions applicable 
to additional sums payable under this Section 5.5) such Lender 
or the Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to 
the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made 
and (ii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the 
relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance 
with applicable law.

(b)	In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present or 
future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or 
property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any 
payment made hereunder or under the Notes or from the execution, 
delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this 
Agreement or the Notes (hereinafter included within the 
definition of "Taxes").

(c)	The Borrower will indemnify each Lender and the Agent 
for the full amount of Taxes (including without limitation, any 
Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this 
Section 5.5) paid by such Lender or the Agent (as the case may 
be) and any liability arising therefrom or with respect thereto, 
whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.  
This indemnification shall be made within five (5) days from the 
date such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) makes written 
demand therefor; provided however, to the extent that any Lender 
is reimbursed for any Tax that was incorrectly or illegally 
asserted in connection with this Agreement or the Notes, such 
Lender shall promptly return to the Borrower the amount of such 
reimbursement net of any costs of recovery, together with any 
interest that may have been paid by the taxing jurisdiction with 
respect thereto, to the extent the Borrower has actually paid 
such Lender with respect thereto.

(d)	Promptly after the date on which payment of any Taxes 
are due pursuant to applicable law, the Borrower will, at the 
request of the Agent or any Lender, furnish to the Agent or such 
Lender evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent 
or such Lender, that the Borrower has met its obligations under 
this Section 5.5.

(e)	Without prejudice to the survival of any other 
agreement of the Borrower, the agreement and obligations of the 
Borrower contained in this Section 5.5 shall survive the payment 
in full of principal and interest hereunder and under the Notes.

6      FEES.


6.1    NON-USE FEE WITH RESPECT TO ALL COMMITMENTS.

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for distribution to 
the Lenders (based on their respective Pro Rata Percentages) a 
quarterly non-use fee from the Closing Date to the Maturity 
Date, on the daily average unused amount of the Commitments 
(accrued on the basis of a 360 day year, and charged for actual 
days elapsed). The rate at which the non-use fee is calculated 
during any quarter shall be the rate set forth below for the 
then applicable Financial Performance Level:

          Financial
          Performance Level          Non-Use Fee Rate

          Level 1                    0.375%

          Level 2                    0.25%

          Level 3                    0.25%

          Level 4                    0.25%

          Level 5                    0.125%


The quarterly non-use fee shall be due and payable in arrears on
the first day of each January, April, July and October hereafter 
through the Maturity Date, unless the Borrower has fully 
terminated the Commitment in accordance with Section 4.4 and 
there are then no outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations.  A 
pro-rated non-use fee shall also be due and payable on the 
Maturity Date and on any date on which the Borrower terminates 
the Commitment in full in accordance with Section 4.4.  Each 
quarterly non-use fee shall be earned as it accrues and, at the 
option of the Agent, shall be paid by Agent initiated Loans. 

6.2    ADDITIONAL FEES WITH RESPECT TO LC'S.

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for distribution to 
the Lenders (based on their respective Pro Rata Percentages) a 
quarterly fee in respect of each LC issued hereunder from the 
Closing Date to the Maturity Date, on the face amount of such LC 
(accrued on the basis of a 360 day year, and charged for actual 
days elapsed).  The rate at which the LC fee is calculated 
during any quarter shall be the rate set forth below for the 
then applicable Financial Performance Level:


                                                        RATE FOR LC'S
FINANCIAL              RATE FOR LC'S EXPIRING           EXPIRING MORE THAN 12
PERFORMANCE LEVEL      WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF ISSUANCE     MONTHS AFTER ISSUANCE

Level 1                        2.0%                           2.25%

Level 2                        1.5%                           1.75%

Level 3                        1.25%                          1.5%

Level 4                        1.0%                           1.25%

Level 5                        0.75%                          1.0%


The quarterly LC fee shall be due and payable in arrears on the
first day of each January, April, July and October hereafter 
through the Maturity Date, unless the Borrower has fully 
terminated the Commitment in accordance with Section 4.4 and 
there are then no outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations.  A 
pro-rated LC fee shall also be due and payable on the Maturity 
Date and on any date on which the Borrower terminates the 
Commitment in full in accordance with Section 4.4.  Each 
quarterly LC fee shall be earned as it accrues and, at the 
option of the Agent, shall be paid by Agent initiated Loans. The 
Borrower shall also pay to the Agent for the account of the 
Affiliate of the Agent issuing any LC, the normal and customary 
processing fees charged by such Affiliate in connection with the 
issuance of or drawings under each such LC.

6.3    AGENT'S FEES.

The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent,  in respect of its 
administrative duties hereunder, fees in the amounts set forth 
in the Agent's Letter. The closing fee, the initial annual 
arranger fee and the initial annual audit fee (all as described 
therein) shall be due and payable in advance on the date of this 
Agreement.  The subsequent annual arranger and audit fees shall 
be due and payable in advance on each Anniversary Date hereafter 
as long as any Liabilities are outstanding under this Agreement. 
All of the Agent's fees set forth in the Agent's Letter shall 
be fully earned on the dates they become payable and, at the 
option of the Agent, shall be paid by Agent initiated Loans.  No 
Persons other than the Agent shall have any interest in such 
Agent's fees.

6.4    FEES NOT INTEREST; NONPAYMENT.

The fees described in this Agreement represent compensation 
for services rendered and to be rendered separate and apart from 
the lending of money or the provision of credit and do not 
constitute compensation for the use, detention, or forbearance of 
money  The obligation of the Borrower to pay each fee described 
herein shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the 
obligation of the Borrower to pay interest, other fees described 
in this Agreement, and expenses otherwise described in this 
Agreement.  Fees shall be payable when due in Dollars and in 
immediately available funds.  All fees shall be non-refundable.

7      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

In order to induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into 
this Agreement, and to induce the Issuer to issue LC's,  the 
Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent, the Lenders and 
the Issuer that the following statements are and, after giving 
effect to the Loans, will be, true and correct:

7.1    LITIGATION AND PROCEEDINGS.

Except as set forth on Part 1 of Exhibit 7, no judgments are
outstanding against the Borrower, nor is there now pending or 
threatened any litigation, contested claim, or governmental 
proceeding by or against the Borrower, except for judgments and 
pending or threatened litigation, contested claims and 
governmental proceedings which are not, in the aggregate, 
material to the Borrower's financial condition, results of 
operations or business.

7.2    OTHER AGREEMENTS.

Except as set forth on Part 2 of Exhibit 7, the Borrower is 
not in default under any contract, lease or commitment to which 
the Borrower is a party or by which the Borrower is bound except 
for contracts, leases or commitments which are not, in the 
aggregate, material to the Borrower's financial condition, 
results of operations or business.  The Borrower knows of no 
dispute, except as set forth on Part 2 of Exhibit 7 or as 
previously disclosed to the Agent and the Lenders in writing, 
relating to any contract, lease, or commitment which is material 
to the continued financial success and well-being of the 
Borrower.

7.3    LICENSES, PATENTS, ETC.

All of the Borrower's licenses, patents, copyrights, 
trademarks and trade names and all of the Borrower's applications 
for any of the foregoing are set forth on Part 3 of Exhibit 7.  
There is no action, proceeding, claim or complaint pending or 
threatened to be brought against the Borrower by any Person which 
might jeopardize any of the Borrower's interest in any of the 
foregoing licenses, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names 
or applications.

7.4    TITLE TO ASSETS.

Except as permitted by Section 10.1 or elsewhere in this 
Agreement and except as set forth on Part 4 of Exhibit 7, the 
Borrower owns all of its assets free and clear of all security 
interests, liens, claims, and encumbrances. 

7.5    TAX LIABILITIES.

Except for taxes as to which the amount, applicability or 
validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate 
proceedings diligently conducted by or on behalf of the Borrower 
and, if required under GAAP, as to which the Borrower shall have 
set up adequate reserves therefor, the Borrower has filed all 
federal, state and local tax reports and returns required by any 
law or regulation to be filed by the Borrower and except as 
described on Part 5 of Exhibit 7, has either duly paid all taxes, 
duties and charges indicated to be due on the basis of such 
returns and reports or has made adequate provision for the 
payment thereof, and the assessment of any material amount of 
additional taxes in excess of those paid and reported is not 
expected.  The reserves for taxes reflected on the Borrower's 
balance sheet are adequate in amount for the payment of all 
liabilities for all taxes (whether or not disputed) of the 
Borrower accrued through the date of such balance sheet.  There 
are no material unresolved questions or claims concerning any tax 
liability of the Borrower, except as described on Part 5 of 
Exhibit 7.

7.6    INDEBTEDNESS.

Except (i) for the Loans and the LC's, (ii) as disclosed on 
Part 6 of Exhibit 7; and (iii) as disclosed on the financial 
statements identified in Section 7.15 of this Agreement, the 
Borrower has no other indebtedness, contingent obligations or 
liabilities, outstanding bonds, letters of credit or acceptances 
to any other Person or loan commitments from any other Person.

7.7    OTHER NAMES.

The Borrower has not, during the preceding five (5) years, 
been known by or used any other name, except as disclosed on Part 
7 of Exhibit 7.

7.8    AFFILIATES.

The Borrower has no Affiliates, other than those Persons 
disclosed on Part 8 of Exhibit 7, and the legal relationships of 
the Borrower to each such Affiliate are accurately and completely 
described thereon.

7.9    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.
                    
(a) Except as disclosed on Part 9 of Exhibit 7, the Borrower 
has not received any notice to the effect, or has any knowledge, 
that its operations are not in compliance with any of the 
requirements of applicable federal, state and local 
environmental, health and safety statutes and regulations 
("Environmental Laws") or are the subject of any federal or state 
investigation evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to 
respond to a release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance 
into the environment, which non-compliance or remedial action 
could have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, 
assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower; (b) 
there have been no releases of hazardous materials at, on or 
under the Borrower's premises that, singly or in the aggregate, 
have, or may reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse 
effect on the financial condition, operations, assets, business  
or prospects of the Borrower; (c) there are no underground 
storage tanks, active or abandoned, including petroleum storage 
tanks, on or under the Borrower's premises that, singly or in the 
aggregate, have, or may reasonably be expected to have, a 
material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, 
assets, business or prospects of the Borrower; (d) the Borrower 
has not directly transported or directly arranged for the 
transportation of any hazardous material to any location which is 
listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List 
pursuant to CERCLA, on the CERCLIS or on any similar state list 
or which is the subject of federal, state or local enforcement 
actions or other investigations which may lead to material claims 
against the Borrower for any remedial work, damage to natural 
resources or personal injury, including claims under CERCLA; and 
(e) except as disclosed on Part 9 of Exhibit 7, no conditions 
exist at, on or under the Borrower's premises which, with the 
passage of time, or the giving of notice or both, would rise to 
any material liability under any Environmental Laws.

7.10   BANK ACCOUNTS. 

Part 10 of Exhibit 7 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, the 
account numbers and location of all bank accounts (including 
lockbox accounts) of the Borrower.

7.11   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

7.12   EXISTENCE.

Sanfilippo is a corporation duly organized, in existence and 
in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is 
duly licensed to do business in all states where the nature and 
extent of the business transacted by it or the ownership of its 
assets makes such licensing necessary, except for those 
jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed would not, 
in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the 
Borrower's financial condition, results of operations or 
business.  Sunshine is a corporation duly organized,  in 
existence and in good standing under the laws of the State of 
Texas  and is duly licensed to do business in all states where 
the nature and extent of the business transacted by it or the 
ownership of its assets makes such licensing necessary, except 
for those jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed 
would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on 
the Borrower's financial condition, results of operations or 
business.  Quantz is a corporation duly organized,  in existence 
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and 
is duly licensed to do business in all states where the nature 
and extent of the business transacted by it or the ownership of 
its assets makes such licensing necessary, except for those 
jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed would not, 
in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the 
Borrower's financial condition, results of operations or 
business.   JBS is a corporation duly organized,  in existence 
and in good standing under the laws of Barbados and is duly 
licensed to do business in all jurisdictions where the nature and 
extent of the business transacted by it or the ownership of its 
assets makes such licensing necessary, except for those 
jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed would not, 
in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the 
Borrower's financial condition, results of operations or 
business.

7.13   AUTHORITY.

The execution and delivery by the Borrower of this Agreement 
and all of the other Financing Agreements and the performance of 
the Borrower's obligations hereunder and thereunder (a) are 
within the Borrower's corporate powers; (b) are duly authorized 
by the Borrower's board of directors and, if necessary, the 
Borrower's shareholders; (c) are not in contravention of any law 
or laws, or the terms of the Borrower's articles or certificates 
of incorporation or by-laws, or of any indenture, agreement or 
undertaking to which the Borrower is a party or by which the 
Borrower or any of the Borrower's property is bound, or of any 
other agreement, instrument or document relating to the 
Borrower's governance; (d) do not require any governmental 
consent, registration or approval; (e) do not contravene any 
contractual or governmental restriction binding upon the Borrower 
for which a consent has not been obtained; and (f) will not, 
except as contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, result in 
the imposition of any lien, charge, security interest or encum-
brance upon any property of the Borrower under any existing 
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or 
other material agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a 
party or by which the Borrower or any of the Borrower's property 
may be bound or affected.

7.14   DUE EXECUTION; BINDING EFFECT. 

This Agreement and all of the other Financing Agreements 
proposed to be executed and delivered as of the Closing Date have 
been duly executed by the Borrower and set forth the legal, valid 
and binding obligations of the Borrower and are enforceable 
against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, 
except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable 
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws 
affecting creditors' rights generally, and except as such 
enforcement may be limited by general principles of equity.

7.15   CORRECTNESS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

The financial statements delivered by the Borrower to the 
Agent and the Lenders present fairly the financial condition of 
the Borrower as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered 
thereby, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consis-
tently applied.  As of the date of such financial statements, and 
since such date, there has been no materially adverse change in 
the condition or operation of the Borrower, nor has the Borrower 
mortgaged, pledged or granted a security interest in or 
encumbered any of the Borrower's assets or properties since such 
date.

7.16   EMPLOYEE CONTROVERSIES.

There are no controversies pending or threatened between the 
Borrower or any of the Borrower's employees, other than employee 
grievances arising in the ordinary course of the Borrower's 
business which are not, in the aggregate, material to the 
continued financial success and well-being of the Borrower.

7.17   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 

The Borrower is in compliance with all laws, orders, 
regulations and ordinances of all federal, foreign, state and 
local governmental authorities relating to the business 
operations and the assets of the Borrower, except for laws, 
orders, regulations and ordinances, the violation of which, in 
the aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect on the 
Borrower's financial condition, results of operations or 
business.

7.18   SOLVENCY. 

The Borrower is solvent, able to pay the Borrower's debts 
generally as such debts mature, and has capital sufficient to 
carry on the Borrower's business and all businesses in which the 
Borrower is about to engage.  The saleable value of the 
Borrower's total assets at a fair valuation, and at a present 
fair saleable value, is greater than the amount of the Borrower's 
total obligations to all Persons.  The Borrower will not be 
rendered insolvent by the execution or delivery of this Agreement 
or of any of the other Financing Agreements or by the 
transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder.

7.19   PENSION REFORM ACT.

No events, including without limitation, any "Reportable 
Event" or "Prohibited Transactions," as those terms are defined 
in ERISA have occurred in connection with any Pension Plan of the 
Borrower which might constitute grounds for the termination of 
any such Pension Plan by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation 
or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District 
Court of a trustee to administer any such Pension Plan.  All of 
the Borrower's Pension Plans meet the minimum funding standards 
of Section 302 of ERISA.

7.20   MARGIN SECURITY.

The Borrower does not own any margin security and none of 
the Loans shall be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying 
any margin securities or for the purpose of reducing or retiring 
any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase any 
margin securities or for any other purpose not permitted by 
Regulations G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal 
Reserve System.

7.21   CONFLICTING OR ADVERSE AGREEMENTS OR RESTRICTIONS.
                                                        
The Borrower is not a party to any contract or agreement or 
subject to any restriction which restricts the conduct of its 
business which could have a material adverse effect on the 
financial condition, operations, assets, business or prospects 
of the Borrower.  The Borrower is not in default under or in 
violation of any Governmental Requirement related to the Loans or 
any other Governmental Requirement which default could have a 
material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, 
assets, business  or prospects of the Borrower.  Neither the 
execution and delivery of the Financing Agreements nor the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor 
fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms, 
conditions and provisions thereof, will conflict with or result 
in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or 
constitute a default under, or result in any violation of, or 
result in the creation or imposition of any lien or security 
interest on any of the Borrower's assets pursuant to: (a) the 
charter or bylaws of the Borrower; (b) any Governmental 
Requirement; (c) any order, writ, injunction or decree of any 
court; or (d) the terms, conditions or provisions of any material 
agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by 
which it or its property is bound or to which it or its property 
is subject in any material respect, except such agreements or 
instruments as to which a consent has been obtained.

7.22   INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT NOT APPLICABLE.

The Borrower is not an "investment company", or a company 
"controlled" by an "investment company", within the meaning of 
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

7.23   PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT NOT APPLICABLE.

The Borrower is not a "holding company", or a "subsidiary 
company" of a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding 
company", or an affiliate of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding 
company", or a "public utility", as such terms are defined in the 
Public Utility Holding Company  Act of 1935, as amended.

7.24   NO CONSENT.

The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of, 
and the effectuation of the transactions contemplated under, this 
Agreement, the Notes and the other Financing Agreements, and the 
borrowings hereunder by the Borrower as contemplated herein, do 
not require the consent or approval of any other Person, except 
such consents or approvals as have been obtained.  The Borrower 
has not otherwise failed to obtain any material governmental 
consent, approval, license, permit, franchise or other 
governmental authorization necessary to the ownership of any of 
its properties or the conduct of its business.

7.25   FULL DISCLOSURE.

All factual information taken as a whole in the materials 
furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Agent or any 
Lender for purposes of or in connection with the transactions 
contemplated under this Agreement and the other Financing 
Agreements, does not contain any untrue statement of a material 
fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to keep the 
statements contained therein from being misleading as of the date 
of this Agreement.  The financial projections and other financial 
information furnished to the Agent or any Lender by the Borrower 
and to be delivered under Section 9.1 of this Agreement, were 
prepared in good faith on the basis of information and 
assumptions that the Borrower believes to be reasonable as of the 
date of such information, provided however, that the Agent and 
the Lenders acknowledge that financial projections are not a 
guaranty of future results.

7.26   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. 

The Borrower owns or possesses (or will be licensed or 
otherwise have the full right to use) all intellectual property 
which is necessary for the operation of its business, without any 
known conflict with the rights of others.  No product of the 
Borrower infringes upon any intellectual property owned by any 
other Person and no claim or litigation is pending or (to the 
knowledge of the Borrower) threatened against or affecting such 
Person, contesting its right to sell or to use any product or 
material, in any case which could have a material adverse effect 
on the financial condition, operations, assets, business  or 
prospects of the Borrower.  There is no violation by the Borrower 
of any right of the Borrower with respect to any material patent, 
trademark, trade name, service mark, copyright or license owned 
or used by the Borrower.

7.27   BAINBRIDGE WARRANTIES.  

The Bainbridge Bonds have not been redeemed in whole or in 
part.  All sinking fund payments required to be made in 
connection with the Bainbridge Bonds through the date of this 
Agreement have been made.  There are no Bainbridge Bonds held by 
or for the account of the Borrower or for the account of 
Sanfilippo.

7.28   SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES.

All representations and warranties contained in this 
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements shall survive 
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and shall be true 
from the date of this Agreement until the Liabilities shall be 
paid in full and the Commitments have been fully terminated in 
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

8      CONDITIONS.

8.1    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL LOANS.

The obligations of each Lender to advance its Pro Rata 
Percentage of any Loan and the obligation of the Agent to issue 
or cause to be issued any LC's are subject to the satisfaction of 
the following conditions precedent:

(a)	Documents.

The Borrower shall have executed and/or delivered to 
the Agent, appropriately dated and in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Agent, together with original counterparts or 
copies for each Lender, as the case may be, all of the documents 
listed on Part A of the List of Closing Documents attached as 
Exhibit 8A.

(b) 	Actions and Events.

  		(i  	Payment of Expenses.	

There shall have been paid all fees due on the Closing 
Date and all fees and expenses of or incurred by the Agent and 
its counsel to the extent billed as of the Closing Date and 
payable pursuant to this Agreement.

  		(ii  	Insurance.

The Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to 
the Agent that the Borrower has insurance meeting the 
requirements of Sections 9.4 and 9.5.

                (iii    No Prohibitions.

No law or regulation shall prohibit, and no order, 
judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall prohibit, 
and no litigation shall be pending or threatened which would 
enjoin, prohibit, restrain or otherwise adversely affect the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated under the Financing 
Agreements, or which would otherwise have a material adverse 
effect on the Borrower's financial condition, results of 
operations or business.

 		(iv  	Material Adverse Change.

No material adverse change shall have occurred with 
respect to the financial condition, business, operations or 
prospects of the Borrower since the dates of the most recent 
financial statement delivered to the Agent and the Lenders.

                (v)   Prior Indebtedness.

The Agent shall have received evidence or assurances 
satisfactory to the Agent that any prior indebtedness listed on 
Exhibit 8B shall be paid in full on or before the Closing Date or 
concurrently with and from the proceeds of the initial Loan, and 
that any liens, encumbrances or security interests securing such 
prior indebtedness shall be released of record or assigned to the 
Agent substantially contemporaneously with the Closing Date.

                (vi     Wiring Instructions.

The Agent shall have received wiring instructions with 
respect to the proceeds of the initial Loan.

  		(vii  	Other Actions and Documents.

The Borrower shall have taken such actions, and the 
Agent shall have received such other documents, as the Agent may 
reasonably request.

                (viii   Approval of the Agent's Counsel. 

Legal matters, if any, relating to the Loans to be made 
on the Closing Date shall have been reviewed by and shall be 
satisfactory to counsel for the Agent.

                (ix     Compliance.

All representations and warranties contained in this 
Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as 
though made on and as of any date the Borrower requests any Loan 
to be made and on and as of the date of such Loan.

                (x)     Budgets.

The Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent annual 
operating and capital budgets through the Borrower's 1998 Fiscal 
Year, which budgets shall be satisfactory in form and substance 
to the Agent.

                (xi)    Licenses and Permits.

The Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to 
the Agent that the Borrower has all necessary licenses and 
permits for the operation of its business.

8.2     ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ISSUANCE OF 
BAINBRIDGE LC.

The obligation of the Agent to issue or cause to be issued 
any Bainbridge LC is subject to the satisfaction of the following 
conditions precedent, in addition to those set forth in 
Section 8.1:

(a)	Documents.

The Borrower shall have executed and/or delivered to 
the Agent, appropriately dated and in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Agent, together with original counterparts or 
copies for each Lender, as the case may be, all of the documents 
listed on Part B of the List of Closing Documents attached as 
Exhibit 8A.

(b) 	Actions and Events.

  		(i  	Payment of Expenses.	

There shall have been paid all fees due in connection 
with the issuance of such Bainbridge LC.

  		(ii  	No Prohibitions.

No law or regulation shall prohibit, and no order, 
judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall prohibit, 
and no litigation shall be pending or threatened which would 
enjoin, prohibit, restrain or otherwise adversely affect the 
issuance of the Bainbridge LC.

  		(iii  	Other Actions and Documents.

The Borrower shall have taken such actions, and the 
Agent shall have received such other documents, as the Agent may 
reasonably request.

                (iv     Approval of the Agent's Counsel. 

Legal matters, if any, relating to the Bainbridge LC 
shall have been reviewed by and shall be satisfactory to counsel 
for the Agent.

9. 	AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

The Borrower covenants and agrees that until the Liabilities 
are paid in full and the Commitments, the LC's and all other 
obligations of the Lenders and the Issuer are finally terminated, 
the Borrower will:

9. 1.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION.

Except as otherwise expressly provided for in this 
Agreement, the Borrower shall keep proper books of record and 
account in which full and true entries will be made of all 
dealings and transactions of or in relation to the business and 
affairs of the Borrower, in accordance with GAAP consistently 
applied, and the Borrower shall cause to be furnished to the 
Agent and the Lenders, from time to time and in a form acceptable 
to the Agent, such information as the Agent may reasonably 
request, including without limitation, the following:

(a)	as soon as practicable and in any event within one 
hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of 
the Borrower: (i) audited consolidated statements of income, 
retained earnings and changes in the financial condition of 
Sanfilippo for each year, and a consolidated balance sheet of 
Sanfilippo for such year, setting forth in each case, in compara-
tive form, corresponding figures as of the end of the preceding 
Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and satisfactory in scope 
to the Agent and certified to the Borrower by Price Waterhouse 
LLP or such other independent public accountants as are selected 
by the Borrower and are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, 
whose opinion shall be unqualified, and (ii) a compliance 
certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower in the 
form attached as Exhibit 9A;

(b)	as soon as practicable and in any event within sixty 
(60) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower: 
operating and capital budgets for the next Fiscal Year;
                                                  
(c)	as soon as practicable and in any event within thirty 
(30) days after the end of each monthly accounting period in each 
Fiscal Year of the Borrower: (i) consolidated statements of 
income and retained earnings of Sanfilippo for such monthly 
period and for the period from the beginning of the then current 
Fiscal Year to the end of such monthly period, and a consolidated 
balance sheet of Sanfilippo as of the end of such monthly period, 
setting forth in each case, in comparative form, figures for the 
corresponding periods in the preceding Fiscal Year, all in 
reasonable detail and certified as accurate by the chief 
financial officer of the Borrower, subject to changes resulting 
from normal year-end adjustments, (ii) copies of all operating 
statements for such month prepared by the Borrower for its 
internal use, including without limitation, statements of cash 
flow, and (iii) a compliance certificate of the chief financial 
officer of the Borrower in the form attached as Exhibit 9A; and

(d)	as soon as distributed, copies of all financial reports 
and filings submitted to Governmental Authorities, including 
without limitation, copies of all Securities and Exchange 
Commission Forms 10K and 10Q

9. 2.   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. 

Except as contemplated by this Agreement, the Borrower 
shall:  (a) maintain the Borrower's corporate existence and 
maintain in full force and effect all licenses, bonds, 
franchises, leases, patents, contracts and other rights necessary 
or desirable to the profitable conduct of the Borrower's 
business; (b) continue in, and limit the Borrower's operations 
to, the same general line of business as that presently conducted 
by the Borrower; (c) comply with all applicable laws and 
regulations of any federal, state or local governmental 
authority, except for such laws and regulations the violation of 
which would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect 
on the Borrower's financial condition, results of operations or 
business; and (d) keep and conduct the Borrower's business 
separate and apart from the business of the Borrower's 
Affiliates.

9. 3.   MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. 

The Borrower shall keep the Borrower's real estate, 
leaseholds, equipment and other fixed assets in good condition, 
repair and working order, normal wear and tear excepted.

9. 4.   LIABILITY INSURANCE.
                           
The Borrower shall maintain, at the Borrower's expense, such 
public liability and property damage insurance as is ordinarily 
maintained by other companies in similar businesses, provided 
however, that in no event shall such public liability insurance 
provide for coverage less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for 
personal injury and $2,000,000 per occurrence for property 
damage.  The Borrower's public liability insurance may provide 
for a deductible of not more than $10,000 per occurrence.  All 
such policies of insurance shall be in form and with insurers 
reasonably acceptable to the Agent and copies thereof, together 
with all amendments and schedules thereto, shall be provided to 
the Agent within ten (10) days of receipt thereof.

9. 5.   PROPERTY INSURANCE.

At the Borrower's own cost and expense, the Borrower shall 
keep all of its assets fully insured, with carriers, and in 
amounts acceptable to the Agent, against the hazards of fire, 
theft, collision, spoilage, hail, those covered by extended or 
all risk coverage insurance and such others as may be required by 
the Agent.  The Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Agent 
the insurance policies therefor or proper certificates evidencing 
the same. Each such policy shall include a provision for thirty 
(30) days' prior written notice to the Agent of any cancellation 
or expiration thereof. If the Borrower fails to procure insurance 
as provided in this Agreement, or to keep the same in force, then 
the Agent may, at the Agent's option, and without obligation to 
do so, obtain such insurance and pay the premium thereon for the 
account of the Borrower, or make whatever other payments the 
Agent may deem.  Any such payments shall be additional 
Liabilities of the Borrower to the Lenders, payable on demand.

9. 6.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND RATIOS.

The Borrower shall maintain: (a) Tangible Net Worth as of 
the end of each month of not less than $55,000,000, plus for each 
Fiscal Year beginning with the Borrower's 1999 Fiscal Year, 50% 
of the Borrower's positive net income during the previous Fiscal 
Year; (b) a Working Capital Ratio as of the end of each month of 
not less than 1.5 to 1.0; (c) as of the end of each fiscal 
quarter for the four fiscal quarters then ending, EBITDA of not 
less than $16,500,000 through the end of the Borrower's 1998 
Fiscal Year and not less than $20,000,000 thereafter; and 
(d) Working Capital as of the end of each month of not less than 
$40,000,000.

9. 7.   PENSION PLANS.

The Borrower shall:  (a) keep in full force and effect any 
and all Pension Plans which are presently in existence or may, 
from time to time, come into existence under ERISA, unless such 
Pension Plans can be terminated without material liability to the 
Borrower in connection with such termination (as distinguished 
from any continuing funding obligation); (b) make contributions 
to all of the Borrower's Pension Plans in a timely manner and in 
an amount sufficient to comply with the requirements of ERISA; 
(c) comply with all requirements of ERISA which relate to such 
Pension Plans; (d) notify the Agent immediately upon receipt by 
the Borrower of any notice of the institution of any proceeding 
or other action which may result in the termination of any 
Pension Plans; and (e) acquire and maintain, when available, the 
contingent employer liability coverage insurance provided for 
under Section 4023 of ERISA, such insurance to be satisfactory to 
the Agent in coverage and amount.

9. 8.   NOTICE OF SUIT, ADVERSE CHANGE OR DEFAULT. 

The Borrower shall, as soon as possible, and in any event 
within five (5) days after the Borrower learns of the following, 
give written notice to the Agent of (a) any proceeding being 
instituted or threatened to be instituted by or against the 
Borrower in any federal, state, local or foreign court or before 
any commission or other regulatory body (federal, state, local or 
foreign) for which claimed damages exceed $1,000,000; (b) any 
material adverse change in the business, assets or condition, 
financial or otherwise, of the Borrower; and (c) the occurrence 
of any Default.

9. 9.   USE OF PROCEEDS.

The Borrower shall use the Loans only for the purposes set 
forth in this Agreement.

9. 10.  BOOKS AND RECORDS; SEPARATE EXISTENCE.

The Borrower shall maintain proper books of record and 
account in accordance with GAAP consistently applied in which 
true, full and correct entries will be made of all their 
respective dealings and business affairs. If any changes in 
accounting principles from those used in the preparation of the 
financial statements referenced in Section 7.15 are hereafter 
required or permitted by GAAP and are adopted by the Borrower 
with the concurrence of its independent certified public accounts 
and such changes in GAAP result in a change in the method of 
calculation or the interpretation of any of the financial 
covenants, standards or terms found in Section 9.6 or any other 
provision of this Agreement, the Borrower and the Required 
Lenders agree to amend any such affected terms and provisions so 
as to reflect such changes in GAAP with the result that the 
criteria for evaluating the Borrower's financial condition shall 
be the same after such changes in GAAP as if such changes in GAAP 
had not been made.  Borrower shall do all things necessary to 
maintain the separate corporate existence of each of Sanfilippo, 
Sunshine, Quantz and JBS.

9. 11.  LAWS AND OBLIGATIONS.
                            
The Borrower shall comply with all Governmental Requirements 
in all material respects; and pay all taxes, assessments, 
governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies and rent, 
including without limitation, taxes, assessments, governmental 
charges, claims for labor, supplies and rent imposed upon or 
against or with respect to the ownership, use, occupancy or 
enjoyment of any real property owned by the Borrower, or any 
utility service thereon; provided however, that the Borrower 
shall not be required to pay any ad valorem or other real 
property taxes up to an aggregate amount at any time of 
$1,000,000 or any other taxes, assessments, governmental charges 
or claims if, in either case, the amount, applicability or 
validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted by or on behalf of 
the Borrower and, if required under GAAP, the Borrower shall have 
set up adequate reserves therefor; provided further, that, with 
respect to such other taxes, assessments, governmental charges or 
claims, no lien has been filed by the United States or any state 
or other political subdivision thereof which could have priority 
over any liens and security interests granted to the Agent 
pursuant to the Financing Agreements.

9. 12.  ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.

The Borrower shall at all times:

(a  	use and operate all of its businesses and Properties in 
compliance in all material respects with all environmental laws; 
keep all necessary permits relating to environmental and safety 
and health matters in effect and remain in compliance in all 
material respects therewith; handle all hazardous materials in 
compliance in all material respects with all applicable 
environmental laws; and dispose of all hazardous materials 
generated by the Borrower or at any property owned or leased by 
the Borrower at facilities or with carriers that maintain valid  
permits for such disposal or transportation under applicable 
environmental laws;

(b 	promptly notify the Agent (and provide copies upon 
receipt) of all material claims, complaints, notices or inquiries 
relating to the environmental condition of the facilities and 
properties of the Borrower or its compliance with environmental 
laws; and

(c 	provide such other information and certifications which 
the Lenders may reasonably request from time to time to evidence 
compliance with this Section 9.12.

9. 13.  TRADE ACCOUNTS PAYABLE.

The Borrower shall pay all trade accounts payable on a basis 
not more than sixty (60) days past due the amount, except for 
those being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings 
diligently conducted by or on behalf of the Borrower and, if 
required under GAAP, as to which the Borrower shall have set up 
adequate reserves therefor.

9. 14.  COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL FOOD SECURITY ACT. 

The Borrower shall take all such actions as may be necessary 
to insure that they purchase all farm products (as defined in 7 
USCA  1631(c)(5)) free and clear of all liens, claims, security 
interests and encumbrances, including the security interests of 
secured parties of the sellers of such farm products other than 
such liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances permitted 
under Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

9. 15.  ACCESS TO ACCOUNTANTS.
                             
The Borrower authorizes its independent public accountants 
to discuss the financial condition of the Borrower with the 
Lenders after reasonable notice to the Borrower of their 
intention to do so. Prior to such discussions, the Borrower shall 
be given the reasonable opportunity to participate in any such 
discussion. The Borrower shall deliver a letter to such 
accountants authorizing them to comply with the provisions of 
this Section 9.15.

9. 16.  BAINBRIDGE COVENANTS.

The Borrower shall keep, observe and perform all of its 
obligations pursuant to the Bainbridge Loan Documents and the 
Bainbridge Bond Documents to which the Borrower or Sanfilippo is 
a party.

10.	NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

The Borrower covenants and agrees that until the Liabilities 
are paid in full and the Commitments, the LC's and all other 
obligations of the Lenders and the Issuer are finally terminated, 
the Borrower will not:

10.1    ENCUMBRANCES.

Except for those liens, security interests and encumbrances 
presently in existence and reflected in the Borrower's financial 
statements referred to in Section 7.15 and permitted under 
Section 7.4, the Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or 
suffer to exist any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, 
levy, assessment, attachment, seizure, writ, distress warrant, or 
other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever on or with regard to 
any of the Borrower's assets other than: (a) liens securing the 
payment of taxes, either not yet due or the validity of which is 
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and as 
to which the Borrower shall, if appropriate under GAAP, have set 
aside on the Borrower's books and records adequate reserves; (b) 
liens securing deposits under workmen's compensation, 
unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, 
or securing the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other 
than for the repayment of borrowed money) or leases, or securing 
indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance 
of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the repayment of 
borrowed money) or leases, or securing statutory obligations or 
surety or appeal bonds, or securing indemnity, performance or 
other similar bonds in the ordinary course of the Borrower's 
business; (c) [intentionally omitted]; (d) zoning restrictions, 
easements, licenses, covenants and other restrictions affecting 
the use of the Borrower's real property, and other liens, 
security interests and encumbrances on property which are 
subordinate to any liens and security interests of the Agent and 
which do not, in the Agent's reasonable determination (i) 
materially impair the use of such property or (ii) materially 
lessen the value of such property for the purposes for which the 
same is held by the Borrower; (e) [intentionally omitted]; (f) 
purchase money security interests securing indebtedness permitted 
to be incurred under Section 10.4(d); and (g) any liens, security 
interests or other encumbrances in favor of the Agent for the 
ratable benefit of the Lenders and liens, security interests and 
other encumbrances existing by operation of law in favor of any 
Lender and securing the Liabilities.
                    
10.2.   CONSOLIDATIONS, MERGERS OR ACQUISITIONS.

The Borrower shall not without the prior written consent of 
the Required Lenders, recapitalize or consolidate with, merge 
with, or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets 
or properties of any other Person. Sanfilippo shall not have any 
subsidiaries other than Sunshine, JBS and Quantz, and Sunshine, 
JBS and Quantz shall not have any subsidiaries.

10.3.   DEPOSITS, INVESTMENTS, ADVANCES OR LOANS.

The Borrower shall not make or permit to exist deposits, 
investments, advances or loans (other than loans existing on the 
date of the execution of this Agreement and disclosed to the 
Lenders in writing on or prior to such date) in or to Affiliates 
or any other Person, except:  (a) investments in short-term 
direct obligations of the United States Government; (b) 
investments in negotiable certificates of deposit issued by a 
bank satisfactory to the Agent in the Agent's reasonable 
determination, made payable to the order of the Borrower or to 
bearer; (c) loans to officers, directors, partners, employees or 
Affiliates as and when permitted by Section 10.9 of this 
Agreement; and (d) demand deposits held by a bank satisfactory to 
the Agent in the Agent's reasonable discretion. Without limiting 
the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not make or 
permit to exist deposits or investments in Margin Accounts.

10.4.   INDEBTEDNESS.

Except for those obligations and that indebtedness presently 
in existence and reflected in the Borrower's financial statements 
referred to in Section 7.15 or referred to in Section 7.6, the 
Borrower shall not incur, create, assume, become or be liable in 
any manner with respect to, or permit to exist, any obligations 
or indebtedness, direct or indirect, fixed or contingent, except: 
(a) the Liabilities; (b) obligations secured by liens or 
security interests permitted under Section 10.1 or contingent 
obligations permitted under Section 10.5; (c) trade obligations 
and normal accruals in the ordinary course of the Borrower's 
business not yet due and payable, or with respect to which the 
Borrower is contesting in good faith the amount or validity 
thereof by appropriate proceedings, and then only to the extent 
that the Borrower has set aside on the Borrower's books adequate 
reserves therefor, if appropriate under GAAP; (d) other 
indebtedness secured by liens permitted under clause (f) of 
Section 10.1,  not exceeding $1,500,000 in the aggregate during 
any one Fiscal Year; and (e) other unsecured indebtedness not 
exceeding the following amount: $3,750,000 less the amount of 
indebtedness incurred under the preceding clause (d) of this 
Section 10.4.

10.5.   GUARANTEES AND OTHER CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS.
                                                   
The Borrower shall not guarantee, endorse or otherwise in 
any way become or be responsible for obligations of any other 
Person, whether by agreement to purchase the indebtedness of such 
Person or through the purchase of goods, supplies or services, or 
maintenance of working capital or other balance sheet covenants 
or conditions, or by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, 
advance or loan for the purpose of paying or discharging any 
indebtedness or obligation of such Person or otherwise, except:  
(a) for endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in 
the ordinary course of business; (b) that the Borrower may 
indemnify the Borrower's officers and directors to the extent 
permitted under the laws of the State in which the Borrower is 
organized; (c) guaranties and other contingent obligations not 
exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate during any one Fiscal Year; 
and (d) guaranties by Sanfilippo's subsidiaries of the Prudential 
Notes and the Teachers Notes.

10.6.   DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY.

The Borrower shall not sell, lease, transfer or otherwise 
dispose of any of the Borrower's properties, assets or rights, to 
any Person, except (a) in the ordinary course of the Borrower's 
business; (b) as permitted in the Financing Agreements; or (c) 
sales of obsolete, worn out or unusable assets.

10.7.   CAPITAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS.

The Borrower shall not make any Capital Expenditures at any 
time when there exists a Default or a Matured Default or if such 
Capital Expenditure would result in a Default or a Matured 
Default.  At any time when there does not exist a Default or a 
Matured Default, the Borrower may make Capital Expenditures in 
any Fiscal Year in any amount which does not exceed the greater 
of: (a) such amount as will permit the Borrower's Fixed Charge 
Coverage Ratio during such Fiscal Year to not be less than 1.0 to 
1, or (b) $7,500,000.

10.8.   INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

10.9.   LOANS TO AFFILIATES.

The Borrower shall not make any loans to any officers, 
directors, Affiliates or shareholders of the Borrower, except for 
(a) advances for travel and expenses to the Borrower's officers, 
directors or employees in the ordinary course of the Borrower's 
business; and (b) loans to the Borrower's officers, directors or 
employees not exceeding $500,000 in the aggregate at any one time 
outstanding.


10.10.  DISTRIBUTIONS, PREPAYMENTS OF DEBT.  The Borrower 
shall not directly or indirectly:  (a) redeem any of the 
Borrower's shares of capital stock; (b) declare any dividends in 
any year on any class of the Borrower's capital stock, except 
that during each Fiscal Year,  the Borrower may make, declare and 
pay dividends to its shareholders in amounts up to the lesser of 
(i) 25% of Sanfilippo's consolidated net income during the 
previous Fiscal Year, or (ii) $5,000,000; or (c) prepay, redeem, 
purchase or deposit funds for the prepayment, redemption or 
purchase of any principal, interest or other obligations related 
to any indebtedness of the Borrower for borrowed money other than 
the Liabilities.

10.11.  CHANGE OF CONTROL; AMENDMENT OF ORGANIZATION
DOCUMENTS.  

The Borrower shall not enter into any transaction which 
would result in the failure of Jasper B. Sanfilippo and Mathias 
Valentine, their respective immediate family members, and certain 
trusts created for the benefit of their respective sons and 
daughters to own, in the aggregate, shares of voting stock of 
Sanfilippo, on a fully diluted basis, representing the right to 
elect a majority of the directors of Sanfilippo.  The Borrower 
shall not enter into any transaction which would result in the 
failure of Sanfilippo to own directly and beneficially, 100% of 
the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock of 
Sunshine, Quantz and JBS.  The Borrower shall not amend the Bor-
rower's articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or any 
other agreement, instrument or document affecting the Borrower's 
organization, management or governance, without the prior written 
consent of the Required Lenders, which consent shall not be 
unreasonably withheld.

10.12.  INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

10.13.  USE OF NAMES.

Except to the extent that Agent has been notified in 
advance, the Borrower shall not use any names other than those 
referred to in Section 7.7, nor shall the Borrower change any of 
said names.

10.14.  PAYMENT OF CERTAIN DEBT.

The Borrower shall not directly or indirectly, pay, prepay, 
redeem or purchase, or deposit funds or property for the payment, 
prepayment, redemption or purchase of the indebtedness of the 
Borrower which is subordinated to the payment of any portion of 
the Liabilities.  The Borrower shall not directly or indirectly, 
prepay, redeem or purchase, or deposit funds or property for the 
prepayment, redemption or purchase of the Prudential Notes and/or 
the Teachers Notes.
                                
10.15.  FISCAL YEAR.

The Borrower shall not change its Fiscal Year without the 
prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

10.16.  AMENDMENT OF BAINBRIDGE BOND DOCUMENTS AND 
BAINBRIDGE LOAN DOCUMENTS.

Neither the Borrower nor Sanfilippo shall amend the 
Bainbridge Bond Documents or the Bainbridge Loan Documents 
without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Required 
Lenders.

11.	DEFAULT AND RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE AGENT.

11.1.   ACCELERATION.

Upon a Matured Default, the Agent shall promptly give notice
of such Matured Default to the Borrower and each Lender and (a) 
with respect to any Matured Default described in clause (h) or 
clause (i) of the definition thereof, all of the Liabilities 
shall automatically become immediately due and payable and the 
obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and the Commitments 
shall automatically terminate, without presentment, demand, 
protest or further notice (including without limitation, notice 
of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration) of any kind, 
all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower; and (b) with 
respect to any other Matured Default, the Agent may with the 
consent of the Required Lenders, and shall at the request of the 
Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, (i) 
declare the several obligations of the Lenders to make Loans to 
be terminated, whereupon such obligations and the Commitments of 
each Lender shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) declare all of 
the Liabilities to be due and payable, whereupon the Liabilities 
shall become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, 
protest or further notice (including without limitation, notice 
of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration) of any kind, 
all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower.

11.2.   OTHER REMEDIES.
                      
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any 
Matured Default, the Agent may, with the consent of the Required 
Lenders (subject to the provisions of the other Financing 
Agreements), and shall at the request of the Required Lenders, 
proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the Lenders by suit 
in equity, by action at law or both, whether for the specific 
performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this 
Agreement or in any other Financing Agreement or in aid of the 
exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or any other 
Financing Agreement, or may proceed to enforce the payment of the 
Liabilities, or may proceed to foreclose upon any liens, claims, 
security interests and/or encumbrances granted pursuant to the 
Financing Agreements in the manner set forth therein, it being 
intended that no remedy conferred herein or in any of the other 
Financing Agreements is to be exclusive of any other remedy, and 
each and every remedy contained herein or in any other Financing 
Agreement shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every 
other remedy given hereunder and under the other Financing 
Agreements, or at any time existing at law or in equity or by 
statute or otherwise.

12.	THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS.

12.1.   AUTHORIZATION AND ACTION.

Each Lender appoints the Agent as its Agent under, and 
irrevocably authorizes the Agent (subject to Section 12.7) to 
take such action on its behalf and to exercise such powers under 
any Financing Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the 
terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably 
incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the 
foregoing, each Lender expressly authorizes the Agent to execute, 
deliver, and perform the Agent's obligations under each of the 
Financing Agreements to which the Agent is a party, and to 
exercise all rights, powers, and remedies that the Agent may have 
thereunder. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this 
Agreement (including without limitation, enforcement or 
collection of the Notes), the Agent shall not be required to 
exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required 
to act, or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected 
in so acting or refraining from acting), upon the instructions of 
the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon 
all the Lenders and all holders of any Notes; provided however, 
that the Agent shall not be required to take any action which 
exposes the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to 
this Agreement or applicable law. The Agent agrees to give to 
each Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by the 
Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Financing Agreement.

12.2.   AGENT'S RELIANCE, ETC.
                              
Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents 
or employees shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken 
or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with 
any Financing Agreement, except for its or their own gross 
negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting the 
generality of the foregoing, the Agent: (a) may treat the 
original or any successor holder of any Note as the holder 
thereof until it receives notice from the Lender which is the 
payee of such Note concerning the assignment of such Note; (b) 
may employ and consult with legal counsel (including counsel for 
the Borrower), independent public accountants, and other experts 
selected by it and shall not be liable to any Lender for any 
action taken, or omitted to be taken, in good faith by it or them 
in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or 
experts received in such consultations and shall not be liable 
for any negligence or misconduct of any such counsel, accountants 
or other experts; (c) makes no warranty or representation to any 
Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any 
opinions, certifications, statements, warranties or 
representations made in or in connection with any Financing 
Agreement by Persons other than the Agent; (d) shall not have any 
duty to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the 
performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants, or 
conditions of any Financing Agreement or any other instrument or 
document furnished pursuant thereto or to satisfy itself that all 
conditions to and requirements for any Loan have been met or that 
the Borrower is entitled to any Loan or to inspect the property 
(including the books and records) of the Borrower; (e) shall not 
be responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, 
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of 
any Financing Agreement or any other instrument or document 
furnished pursuant thereto; and (f) shall incur no liability 
under or in respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice, 
consent, certificate, or other instrument or writing (which may 
be by telegram, cable, telex, or otherwise) believed by it to be 
genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

12.3.   DEFAULTS.

The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the 
occurrence of a Default (other than, with respect to the Agent 
only, the nonpayment of principal of or interest hereunder or of 
any fees) unless the Agent has received written notice from a 
Lender or the Borrower specifying such Default and stating that 
such notice is a "Notice of Default".  In the event that the 
Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default, the 
Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders (and the 
Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of each such 
nonpayment).  The Agent shall (subject to Section 11.1) take such 
action with respect to such Default as may be directed by the 
Required Lenders; provided however, that unless and until the 
Agent shall have received the directions referred to in Section 
11.1, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such 
action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such 
Default as it shall deem advisable and in the best interest of 
the Lenders.

12.4.   THE AGENT AS A LENDER, AFFILIATES.

With respect to its Commitment, any Loan made by it, and the 
Note issued to it, the Agent shall have the same rights and 
powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise 
the same as though it were not the Agent; and the term "Lender" 
or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include 
the Agent in its individual capacity.  The Agent and its 
affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as 
trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in any kind of 
business with, the Borrower, any of its respective Affiliates and 
any Person who may do business with or own securities of the 
Borrower or any such Affiliate, all as if the Agent were not the 
Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

12.5.   NON-RELIANCE ON AGENT AND OTHER LENDERS.
                                               
Each Lender agrees that it has, independently and without 
reliance on the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such 
documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its 
own credit analysis of the Borrower and its decision to enter 
into the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements 
and that it will, independently and without reliance upon the 
Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and 
information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to 
make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking 
action under any Financing Agreement.  The Agent shall not be 
required to keep itself informed as to the performance or 
observance by the Borrower or any other Person of any Financing 
Agreement or to inspect the properties or books of the Borrower. 
Except for notices, reports, and other documents and information 
expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agent 
hereunder, the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to 
provide any Lender with any credit or other information 
concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the 
Borrower (or any of their Affiliates) which may come into the 
possession of the Agent or any of its affiliates.

12.6.   INDEMNIFICATION.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, 
the Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take 
any action hereunder unless it shall first be indemnified to its 
satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liabilities, 
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, 
suits, costs, expenses, and disbursements of any kind or nature 
whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted 
against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of its 
taking or continuing to take any action.  Each Lender agrees to 
indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the 
Borrower), according to such Lender's Commitment, from and 
against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, 
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and 
disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be 
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent in any way 
relating to or arising out of any Financing Agreement or any 
action taken or omitted by the Agent under any Financing 
Agreement; provided however, that no Lender shall be liable for 
any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, 
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or 
disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or wilful 
misconduct of the Person being indemnified; and provided further, 
that it is the intention of each Lender to indemnify the Agent 
against the consequences of the Agent's own negligence, whether 
such negligence be sole, joint, concurrent, active or passive.  
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Lender 
agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its Pro 
Rata Percentage of any out-of-pocket expenses (including 
attorneys' fees) incurred by the Agent in connection with the 
preparation, administration, or enforcement of, or legal advice 
in respect of rights or responsibilities under, any Financing 
Agreement, to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for 
such expenses by the Borrower.

12.7.   SUCCESSOR AGENT.
                       
The Agent may resign at any time as Agent under the 
Financing Agreements by giving written notice thereof to the 
Lenders and the Borrower and may be removed at any time with or 
without cause by the Required Lenders.  Upon any such resignation 
or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint 
a successor Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been so 
appointed by the Required Lenders or shall have accepted such 
appointment within sixty (60) days after the retiring Agent's 
giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders' removal 
of the Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the 
Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial 
bank or other financial institution organized under the laws of 
the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a 
combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.  Upon the 
acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor 
Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become 
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the 
retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall thereafter be 
discharged from any duties and obligations under the Financing 
Agreements.  After the retiring Agent's resignation or removal as 
Agent, the provisions of this Section 12 shall inure to its 
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it 
while it was Agent under this Agreement.

12.8.   AGENT'S RELIANCE.

The Borrower shall notify the Agent in writing of the names 
of the Persons authorized to request a Loan on behalf of the 
Borrower and shall provide the Agent with a specimen signature 
for each such Person.  The Agent shall be entitled to rely 
conclusively on such Person's authority to request a Loan on 
behalf of the Borrower until the Agent receives written notice 
from the Borrower to the contrary.  The Agent shall have no duty 
to verify the authenticity of the signature appearing on any 
notice of borrowing, and with respect to any oral request for a 
Loan, the Agent shall have no duty to verify the identity of any 
Person representing himself as one of the Persons authorized to 
make such request on behalf of the Borrower.  Neither the Agent 
nor any Lender shall incur any liability to the Borrower in 
acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above which the 
Agent or such Lender believes in good faith to have been given by 
a duly authorized Person authorized to borrow on behalf of the 
Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith.

12.9.   ACTION UPON INSTRUCTIONS OF THE REQUIRED LENDERS.

The Agent agrees, upon the written request of the Required 
Lenders, to take any action of the type specified in the 
Financing Agreements as being within the Agent's rights, duties, 
power or discretion.  The Agent shall in all cases be fully 
protected in acting, or in refraining from acting in accordance 
with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders, and 
such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant 
thereto shall be binding on all of the Required Lenders and on 
all holders of the Notes.  In the absence of a request by the 
Required Lenders, the Agent shall have authority, in its sole 
discretion, to take or not to take any action, unless the 
Financing Agreements specifically require the consent of the 
Required Lenders or of all of the Lenders.

13.	MISCELLANEOUS.
                                                       
13.1    TIMING OF PAYMENTS.
                          
For purposes of determining the outstanding balance of the 
Liabilities, including the computations of interest which may 
from time to time be owing to the Lenders, the receipt by the 
Agent of any check or any other item of payment whether through a 
blocked account or lockbox or otherwise, shall not be treated as 
a payment on account of the Liabilities until such check or other 
item of payment is actually received by the Agent at its office 
in Denver, Colorado and is paid to the Agent in cash or a cash 
equivalent.
                          
13.2    ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS.
                                 
If at any time or times hereafter the Agent or any Lender 
employs counsel in connection with any matters contemplated by or 
arising out of this Agreement, whether:  (a) to commence, defend, 
or intervene in any litigation or to file a petition, complaint, 
answer, motion or other pleading; (b) to take any other action in 
or with respect to any suit or proceeding (bankruptcy or 
otherwise); (c) to consult with officers of the Agent or such 
Lender to advise the Agent or such Lender or to draft documents 
in connection with any of the foregoing or in connection with any 
release of the Agent's or any Lender's claims or the Agent's 
security interests or any proposed extension, amendment, waiver 
or refinancing of the Liabilities; or (d) to attempt to enforce 
any rights of the Agent, the Lenders or the Issuer to collect any 
of the Liabilities; then in any of such events, all of the 
reasonable attorneys' fees arising from such services, and any 
expenses, costs and charges relating thereto, including without 
limitation, all fees of all paralegals, legal assistants and 
other staff employed by such attorneys, together with interest at 
the default rate provided for in Section 3.1(c) if a Matured 
Default has occurred, or at the highest interest rate set forth 
in any promissory note referred to herein, shall constitute 
additional Liabilities, payable on demand.
                                 
13.3    EXPENDITURES BY THE AGENT.  
                                 
In the event that the Borrower shall fail to pay taxes, 
insurance, assessments, costs or expenses which the Borrower is, 
under any of the terms hereof or of any of the other Financing 
Agreements, required to pay, or fails to keep its assets free 
from other security interests, liens or encumbrances, except as 
permitted herein, the Agent may, in its sole discretion and 
without obligation to do so, make expenditures for any or all of 
such purposes, and the amount so expended, together with interest 
at the default rate provided for in Section 3.1(c), shall 
constitute additional Liabilities, payable ten (10) days after 
demand.
                                 
13.4    THE AGENT'S COSTS AND EXPENSES AS ADDITIONAL 
LIABILITIES.  
           
The Borrower shall reimburse the Agent for all expenses and 
fees paid or incurred in connection with the documentation, 
negotiation and closing of the loans and other financial 
accommodations described in this Agreement (including without 
limitation, filing and recording fees, and the reasonable fees 
and expenses of the Agent's attorneys, paralegals and legal 
assistants, whether outside the Agent or in its legal department, 
and whether such expenses and fees are incurred prior to or after 
the Closing Date).  The Borrower further agrees to reimburse the 
Agent for all expenses and fees paid or incurred in connection 
with the documentation of any renewal or extension of the Loans, 
any additional financial accommodations, or any other amendments 
to this Agreement.  All costs and expenses incurred by the Agent 
with respect to such negotiation and documentation together with 
interest at the highest interest rate set forth in any promissory 
note referred to herein, shall constitute additional Liabilities, 
payable on demand.
           
13.5    CLAIMS AND TAXES.  
                        
The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Agent, the 
Lenders and the Issuer harmless from and against any and all 
claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, costs, 
and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys' 
fees) relating to or in any way arising out of the possession, 
use, operation or control of any of the Borrower's assets.  The 
Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid all license fees, bonding 
premiums and related taxes and charges, and shall pay or cause to 
be paid all of the Borrower's real and personal property taxes, 
assessments and charges and all of the Borrower's franchise, 
income, unemployment, use, excise, old age benefit, withholding, 
sales and other taxes and other governmental charges assessed 
against the Borrower, or payable by the Borrower, at such times 
and in such manner as to prevent any penalty from accruing or any 
lien or charge from attaching to the Borrower's property, 
provided however, that the Borrower shall have the right to 
contest in good faith, by an appropriate proceeding promptly 
initiated and diligently conducted, the validity, amount or 
imposition of any such tax, and upon such good faith contest to 
delay or refuse payment thereof, if (a) the Borrower establishes 
adequate reserves to cover such contested taxes; and (b) such 
contest does not and will not have a material adverse effect on 
the financial condition of the Borrower or the ability of the 
Borrower to pay any of the Liabilities.
                        
13.6    INSPECTION.  
                  
Upon reasonable prior notice (provided that such notice 
shall not be required after the occurrence and during the 
continuance of a Default or a Matured Default), the Agent (by and 
through its officers and employees), or any Person designated by 
the Agent in writing, shall have the right, from time to time 
hereafter, to call at the Borrower's place or places of business 
(or any other place where any information relating thereto is 
kept or located) during reasonable business hours, and without 
hindrance or delay, to: (a) inspect, audit, check and make copies 
of and extracts from the Borrower's books, records, journals, 
orders, receipts and any correspondence and other data relating 
to the Borrower's business or to any transactions between the 
parties to this Agreement; and (b) review operating procedures, 
review maintenance of property and discuss the affairs, finances 
and business of the Borrower with the Borrower's officers, 
employees or directors.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent 
an annual audit fee in accordance with the Agent's Letter, on the 
date of this Agreement, and on each Anniversary Date as long as 
Loans are outstanding, for all expenses incurred by or on behalf 
of the Agent in making inspections under this Section 13.6, 
including without limitation, travel and photocopying expenses.  
The foregoing fees shall be fully earned on the dates they become 
payable and, at the option of the Agent, shall be paid by Agent 
initiated Loans.  The Lenders shall have the right to accompany 
the Agent on any inspections under this Section 13.6, at their 
own expense.

13.7    EXAMINATION OF BANKING RECORDS.  
                                      
The Borrower consents to the examination by the Agent, the 
Agent's officers, employees and agents, or any of them, after the 
occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or a Matured 
Default, of any and all of the Borrower's banking records, 
wherever they may be found, and directs any Person which may be 
in control or possession of such records (including without 
limitation, any bank, other financial institution, accountant or 
lawyer) to provide such records to the Agent and the Agent's 
officers, employees and agents, upon their request.  Such 
examination may be conducted by the Agent with prior notice to 
the Borrower, which notice need not be written, any such written 
notice being waived by the Borrower.
                                      
13.8    GOVERNMENTAL REPORTS.  
                            
The Borrower authorizes all duly constituted federal, state 
and municipal authorities to furnish to the Agent copies of their 
reports of examinations or inspections of the Borrower.
                            
13.9    RELIANCE BY THE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE ISSUER.  
                                                         
All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties 
made herein by the Borrower shall, notwithstanding any 
investigation by the Agent or any of the Lenders, be deemed to be 
material to and to have been relied upon by the Agent, the 
Lenders and the Issuer.
                                                         
13.10   PARTIES.  
               
Whenever in this Agreement there is reference made to any of 
the parties hereto, such reference shall be deemed to include, 
wherever applicable, a reference to the respective successors and 
assigns of the Borrower, the Agent, the Lenders and the Issuer.
               
13.11   APPLICABLE LAW; SEVERABILITY  
                                  
This Agreement shall be construed in all respects in 
accordance with, and governed by, the laws and decisions of the 
State of Colorado.  Wherever possible, each provision of this 
Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective 
and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this 
Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, 
such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such 
prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of 
such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
                                  
13.12	SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF BOND AND 
TRIAL BY JURY.  
                                  
AT THE OPTION OF THE AGENT, THE BORROWER WAIVES, TO THE 
EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TRIAL BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY BOND OR 
SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS 
WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF THE AGENT.  THE BORROWER CONSENTS TO THE 
JURISDICTION OF ANY LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN 
THE CITY AND COUNTY OF DENVER, COLORADO AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION 
WHICH THE BORROWER MAY HAVE BASED ON IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON 
CONVENIENS TO THE CONDUCT OF ANY PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT AND 
WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON THE BORROWER, 
AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS BE MADE BY MAIL OR 
MESSENGER DIRECTED TO THE BORROWER AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN 
SECTION 13.18.  THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS CT CORPORATION 
AS THE BORROWER'S AGENT FOR THE PURPOSE OF ACCEPTING THE SERVICE 
OF ANY PROCESS WITHIN THE STATE OF COLORADO, WHICH SERVICE OF 
PROCESS SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF 
ACTUAL RECEIPT BY THE BORROWER OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER SUCH AGENT 
FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS HAS POSTED THE SAME TO THE BORROWER'S 
ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 13.18.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY 
LAW, THE BORROWER ALSO CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR 
EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE COURT.  NOTHING 
IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT TO SERVE 
LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE 
RIGHT OF THE AGENT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE 
BORROWER OR THE BORROWER'S PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER 
JURISDICTION.
                                  
13.13   APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS WAIVER.  
                                      
Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this 
Agreement or in any of the other Financing Agreements, after the 
occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or a Matured 
Default, the Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the 
application of any and all payments at any time received by the 
Agent from the Borrower, and the Borrower irrevocably agrees that 
the Agent shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply and 
reapply any and all payments received at any time or times 
hereafter against the Liabilities, in such manner as the Agent 
may deem advisable, notwithstanding any entry by the Agent upon 
any of the Agent's books and records.
                                     
13.14   MARSHALLING; PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.  
                                       
The Agent and the Lenders shall be under no obligation to 
marshall any assets in favor of the Borrower or against or in 
payment of any or all of the Liabilities.  To the extent that the 
Borrower makes a payment or payments to the Agent or any Lender 
or the Agent or any Lender receives any payment for the 
Borrower's benefit or exercises the Agent's or any Lender's 
rights of set-off, and such payment or payments or the proceeds 
of such set-off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, 
declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or 
required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party 
under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or 
equitable cause, then to the extent of such recovery, the 
obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied 
shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if 
such payment had not been made or such enforcement or set-off had 
not occurred.
                                       
13.15   SECTION TITLES.  
                      
The section titles contained in this Agreement shall be 
without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and 
are not a part of the agreement among the parties.
                      
13.16   CONTINUING EFFECT.  
                         
This Agreement and all of the other Financing Agreements 
shall continue in full force and effect so long as any 
Liabilities shall be owed to the Agent and/or any of the Lenders 
and (even if there shall be no Liabilities outstanding) so long 
as the Agent and/or any of the Lenders remains committed to make 
Loans under this Agreement.
                         
13.17   NO WAIVER.  
                 
The Agent's or the Required Lenders' failure, at any time or 
times hereafter, to require strict performance by the Borrower of 
any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or 
diminish any right of the Agent or the Required Lenders 
thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. 
Any suspension or waiver by the Agent or the Required Lenders of 
any Default or Matured Default under this Agreement or any of the 
other Financing Agreements, shall not suspend, waive or affect 
any other Default or Matured Default under this Agreement or any 
of the other Financing Agreements, whether the same is prior or 
subsequent thereto and whether of the same or of a different kind 
or character.  None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, 
covenants and representations of the Borrower contained in this 
Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements and no Default 
or Matured Default under this Agreement or any of the other 
Financing Agreements, shall be deemed to have been suspended or 
waived by the Agent or the Required Lenders unless such 
suspension or waiver is in writing signed by an officer of the 
Agent or each of the Required Lenders (as applicable) and is 
directed to the Borrower specifying such suspension or waiver.

13.18   NOTICES.  
               
(a)	All notices and other communications provided for 
herein shall be in writing (including telex, facsimile, or cable 
communication) and shall be mailed, telexed, cabled or delivered 
addressed as follows:
               
(ii)	If to the Agent at:
               

        U.S. Bancorp, Inc.
        950 Seventeenth Street, Suite 350
        Denver, Colorado  80202
        Attn:  James A. Bosco, President
        Facsimile: (303) 585-4732


        with a copy to:


        Ellen Beverley McNamara
        Dorsey & Whitney
        370 Seventeenth Street, Suite 4400
        Denver,  Colorado  80202


(ii)	If to the Borrower at:


        John B. Sanfilippo & Son, Inc.
        2299 Busse Road
        Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
        Attn: Gary P. Jensen
        Facsimile: (847) 593-9608


        with a copy to:


        Jeffrey L. Elegant, Esq.
        Jenner & Block
        One IBM Plaza
        Chicago, Illinois 60611
        Facsimile: (312) 840-7720



(iii)	If to any of the Lenders other than the 
Agent, at the address for such Lender set forth on 
the applicable signature page of this Agreement;


and, as to each party hereto, at such other address as shall be 
designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties 
hereto.  All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, 
telecopied, telexed, transmitted or cabled, become effective when 
deposited in the mail, confirmed by telex answerback, transmitted 
by telecopier or delivered to the cable company respectively, 
except that notices and communications to the Agent shall not be 
effective until actually received by the Agent.

(b)	Advance notices of terminations or reductions of the 
Commitments, or borrowings, conversions and prepayments of Loans 
and of the durations of Interest Periods, shall be delivered to 
the Agent by 11:00 a.m. (Denver time) the number of Business Days 
set forth below before the proposed date for the respective 
termination, reduction, borrowing, conversion or prepayment.

      EVENT                                  DAYS PRIOR NOTICE

Borrowing of Loans
  Which are Reference Rate Loans                   Same
Borrowing of Loans
  Which are Eurodollar Rate Loans                  Two
Conversion of Loans (including changes in
 Interest Periods for Eurodollar Rate Loans)       Two
Prepayments of Loans	
  Which are Reference Rate Loans                   Same
Prepayments of Loans
  Which are Eurodollar Rate Loans                  Two
Termination of Commitments                         Five


13.19   MAXIMUM INTEREST.  
                        
No agreements, conditions, provisions or stipulations 
contained in this Agreement or in any of the other Financing 
Agreements, or any Matured Default, or any exercise by the Agent 
of the right to accelerate the payment of the maturity of 
principal and interest, or to exercise any option whatsoever, 
contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing 
Agreements, or the arising of any contingency whatsoever, shall 
entitle the Agent to collect, in any event, interest exceeding 
the Highest Lawful Rate, and in no event shall the Borrower be 
obligated to pay interest exceeding the Highest Lawful Rate, and 
all agreements, conditions or stipulations, if any, which may in 
any event or contingency whatsoever operate to bind, obligate or 
compel the Borrower to pay a rate of interest exceeding the 
Highest Lawful Rate, shall be without binding force or effect, at 
law or in equity, to the extent only of the excess of interest 
over such Highest Lawful Rate.  In the event any interest is 
charged in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate ("Excess"), the 
Borrower acknowledges and stipulates that any such charge shall 
be the result of an accidental and bona fide error, and such 
Excess shall be, first, applied to reduce the principal of any 
Liabilities due, and, second, returned to the Borrower, it being 
the intention of the parties hereto not to enter at any time into 
a usurious or otherwise illegal relationship.  The Borrower and 
the Agent both recognize that, with fluctuations in the Reference 
Rate, such an unintentional result could inadvertently occur.  By 
the execution of this Agreement, the Borrower covenants that (a) 
the credit or return of any Excess shall constitute the 
acceptance by the Borrower of such Excess and (b) the Borrower 
shall not seek or pursue any other remedy, legal or equitable, 
against the Agent based, in whole or in part, upon the charging 
or receiving of any interest in excess of the Highest Lawful 
Rate.  For the purpose of determining whether or not any Excess 
has been contracted for, charged or received by the Agent, all 
interest at any time contracted for, charged or received by the 
Agent in connection with the Liabilities shall be amortized, 
prorated, allocated and spread in equal parts during the entire 
term of this Agreement. 

13.20   ADDITIONAL ADVANCES.  

All fees, charges, expenses, costs, expenditures, 
obligations, liabilities, losses, penalties and damages incurred 
or suffered by the Agent and/or the Lenders and for which the 
Borrower is bound to indemnify or reimburse the Agent and/or the 
Lenders under this Agreement (other than those which may be paid 
without demand therefor, by the Agent initiated Loans) may, at 
the option of the Agent, be paid by Agent initiated Loans if such 
amounts remain unpaid for a period of ten (10) Business Days 
after the Agent and/or the Lenders have made demand therefor.

13.21     REPRESENTATIONS BY THE LENDERS.

Each Lender represents that it is the present intention of 
such Lender, as of the date of its acquisition of the Notes, to 
acquire the Notes for its account or for the account of its 
Affiliates, and not with a view to the distribution or sale 
thereof, and, subject to any applicable laws, the disposition of 
such Lender's property shall at all times be within its control. 
The Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may not be 
transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of except (a) in a 
registered offering under the Securities Act; (b) pursuant to an 
exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act; 
or (c) if the Securities Act shall not apply to the Notes or the 
transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements.  Nothing 
in this Section 13.21 shall affect the characterization of the 
Loans and the transactions contemplated hereunder as commercial 
lending transactions.

13.22     COUNTERPARTS.
                      
This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and 
by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, and each 
counterpart, when so executed and delivered, shall constitute an 
original instrument, and all such separate counterparts shall 
constitute but one and the same instrument.

13.23     SET-OFF.

The Borrower gives and confirms to each Lender a right of 
set-off of all moneys, securities and other property of the 
Borrower (whether special, general or limited) and the proceeds 
thereof, now or hereafter delivered to remain with or in transit 
in any manner to such Lender, its correspondent or its agents 
from or for the Borrower, whether for safekeeping, custody, 
pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise or coming into 
possession of such Lender in any way, and also, any balance of 
any deposit accounts and credits of the Borrower with, and any 
and all claims of security for the payment of the Liabilities 
owed by the Borrower to such Lender, contracted with or acquired 
by the Lender, whether such liabilities and obligations be joint, 
several, absolute, contingent, secured, unsecured, matured or 
unmatured, and the Borrower authorizes such Lender at any time or 
times, without prior notice after the occurrence of a Matured 
Default, to apply such money, securities, other property, 
proceeds, balances, credits or claims, or any part of the 
foregoing, to such liabilities in such amounts as it may select, 
whether such Liabilities be contingent, unmatured or otherwise, 
and whether any collateral security therefor is deemed adequate 
or not.  The rights described herein shall be in addition to any 
collateral security described in any separate agreement executed 
by the Borrower.

13.24   ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS.
                                      
(a)	After the Closing Date and subject to the prior written 
consent of the Agent and in the absence of a Default or a Matured 
Default, the prior written consent of the Borrower, in both cases 
such consents not to be unreasonably withheld, each Lender may 
assign to any Person (the "Assignee") all or a portion of its 
rights and obligations under this Agreement (including without 
limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment and the Notes held 
by it); provided however, that (i) each such assignment shall be 
of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all of the 
assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, 
(ii) the total amount of the Commitments (based on the original 
Commitments without giving effect to any repayments or 
prepayments) so assigned to an Assignee or to an Assignee and its 
affiliates taken as a whole shall equal or exceed $5,000,000, 
(iii) the remaining Commitments, if any, (based on the original 
Commitments without giving effect to any repayments or 
prepayments) held by the assigning Lender after giving effect to 
any such assignment shall equal or exceed $5,000,000, (iv) the 
assignment will not cause the Borrower to incur any additional 
liability and (v) the parties to each such assignment shall 
execute and deliver to the Agent for its acceptance an Assignment 
and Acceptance in substantially the form attached as Exhibit 13A 
("Assignment and Acceptance"), together with any Note or Notes 
subject to such assignment, a processing and recordation fee of 
$5,000, and the unearned portion of any and all fees under 
Section 6.1 or Section 6.2.  Upon such execution, delivery, 
acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date 
specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date 
shall be the date on which such Assignment and Acceptance is 
accepted by the Agent, (vi) the Assignee thereunder shall be a 
party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations 
hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment 
and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under 
the Financing Agreements, and (vii) the assigning Lender 
thereunder shall be deemed to have relinquished its rights and to 
be released from its obligations under the Financing Agreements, 
to the extent (and only to the extent) that its rights and 
obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such 
Assignment and Acceptance (and, in the case of an Assignment and 
Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning 
Lender's rights and obligations under the Financing Agreements, 
such Lender shall cease to be a party thereto).  The Agent may, 
at its option, pay to any Assignee the unearned portion of fees 
under Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 required to be delivered to the 
Agent above, or the Agent may retain such fees for its own 
account.

(b)	By executing and delivering an Assignment and 
Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the Assignee 
thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other 
parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such 
Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no 
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with 
respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in 
or in connection with the Financing Agreements or the execution, 
legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or 
value of the Financing Agreements or any other instrument or 
document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) such assigning Lender 
makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility 
with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the 
performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its 
obligations under the Financing Agreements or any other 
instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such 
Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of the Financing 
Agreements, together with copies of the financial statements 
referred to in Section 7.15 and such other documents and 
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit 
analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and 
Acceptance; (iv) such Assignee will, independently and without 
reliance upon the Agent, such assigning Lender or any other 
Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall 
deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit 
decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; 
(v) such Assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such 
action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under 
the Financing Agreements as are delegated to the Agent by the 
terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably 
incidental thereto; and (vi) such Assignee agrees that it will 
perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations 
which by the terms of the Financing Agreements are required to be 
performed by it as a Lender.

(c)	The Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in 
Section 13.18 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered 
to and accepted by it.
                                      
(d)	Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance 
executed by an assigning Lender, together with any Note subject 
to such assignment, the Agent shall, if such Assignment and 
Acceptance has been completed and if all required consents have 
been obtained: (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, and 
(ii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.  Within five 
Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at 
its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent in 
exchange for the surrendered Note a new Note to the order of such 
Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it 
pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning 
Lender has retained a Commitment, a new Note to the order of the 
assigning Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment retained by 
it.  Such new Note shall be in an aggregate principal amount 
equal to the aggregate principal amount of such surrendered Note, 
shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and 
Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of 
Exhibit 2A.  Upon receipt by the Agent of such new Note 
conforming to the requirements set forth in the preceding 
sentences, the Agent shall return to the Borrower such 
surrendered Note, marked to show that such surrendered Note has 
(have) been replaced, renewed and extended by such new Note.

(e) 	Each Lender may sell participations to one or more 
banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of its rights 
and obligations under this Agreement (including without 
limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment and the Note held 
by it); provided however, that (i) such Lender's obligations 
under this Agreement (including without limitation, its 
Commitment to the Borrower) shall remain unchanged, (ii) such 
Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties 
hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender 
shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes of this 
Agreement, (iv) the sale of the participation will not cause the 
Borrower to incur any additional liability, (v) the Borrower, the 
Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and 
directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights 
and obligations under this Agreement, provided however, that no 
participant shall be entitled to recover under the above 
provisions an amount in excess of the proportionate share which 
such participant holds of the original aggregate principal amount 
to which the assigning Lender would otherwise be entitled; and 
(vi) no participant shall have any voting rights under this 
Agreement.

(f)	 Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or 
participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to 
this Section 13.24, disclose to the assignee or participant or 
proposed assignee or participant, any information relating to the 
Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the 
Borrower; provided however, that prior to any such disclosure, 
the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant 
shall agree to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential 
information relating to the Borrower received by it from such 
Lender.
                                      
(g)	Any Lender may assign and pledge all or any of the 
instruments held by it to any Federal Reserve Bank, the United 
States Treasury or AgriBank, Farm Credit Bank, as collateral 
security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of 
the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular issued by 
such Federal Reserve System and/or such Federal Reserve Bank or 
any applicable regulation providing for such assignments and 
pledges to AgriBank, Farm Credit Bank; provided however, that any 
payment made by the Borrower for the benefit of such assigning 
and/or pledging Lender in accordance with the terms of the 
Financing Agreements shall satisfy the Borrower's obligations 
under the Financing Agreements in respect thereof to the extent 
of such payment.  No such assignment and/or pledge shall release 
the assigning and/or pledging Lender from its obligations 
hereunder.

13.25     CREDIT AGREEMENT CONTROLS.

If there are any conflicts or inconsistencies among this 
Agreement and any of the other Financing Agreements, the 
provisions of this Agreement shall prevail and control.

13.26     OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL.

The obligations of each Lender under each Financing 
Agreement to which it is a party are several, and no Lender shall 
be responsible for any obligation or Commitment of any other 
Lender under any Financing Agreement to which it is a party.  
Nothing contained in any Financing Agreement to which it is a 
party, and no action taken by any Lender pursuant thereto, shall 
be deemed to constitute the Lenders to be a partnership, an 
association, a joint venture, or any other kind of entity.

13.27     PRO RATA TREATMENT.
                            
All Loans under, and all payments and other amounts received 
in connection with this Agreement (including without limitation, 
amounts received as a result of the exercise by any Lender of any 
right of set-off) shall be effectively shared by the Lenders 
ratably in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Percentages. 
If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, 
involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or 
otherwise) on account of the principal of, or interest on, or 
fees in respect of, any Note held by it (other than pursuant to 
Section 5) in excess of its Pro Rata Percentage of payments on 
account of similar Notes obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender 
shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such 
participations in the Notes or Loans made by them as shall be 
necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess 
payment ratably with each of them; provided however, that if all 
or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered 
from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall 
be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender 
the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with 
an amount equal to such Lender's ratable share (according to the 
proportion of: (a) the amount of such Lender's required repayment 
to (b) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) 
of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing 
Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  
Disproportionate payments of interest shall be shared by the 
purchase of separate participations in unpaid interest 
obligations, disproportionate payments of fees shall be shared by 
the purchase of separate participations in unpaid fee 
obligations, and disproportionate payments of principal shall be 
shared by the purchase of separate participations in unpaid 
principal obligations. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so 
purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this 
Section 13.27 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, 
exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-
off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such 
Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of 
such participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender may 
receive and retain an amount in excess of its Pro Rata Percentage 
to the extent, but only to the extent, that such excess results 
from such Lender's Highest Lawful Rate exceeding another Lender's 
Highest Lawful Rate.

13.28     CONFIDENTIALITY.

Each of the Agent and the Lenders agrees that it will use 
its best efforts to keep confidential, in accordance with its 
customary procedures for handling confidential information and in 
accordance with safe and sound banking practices, any proprietary 
information of the Borrower in writing by the Borrower, as being 
proprietary and confidential; provided however, that the Agent or 
any Lender may disclose any such information (a) to enable it to 
comply with any Governmental Requirement applicable to it, (b) in 
connection with the defense of any litigation or other proceeding 
brought against it arising out of the transactions contemplated 
by this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, (c) in 
connection with the supervision and enforcement of the rights and 
remedies of the Agent and Lenders under any Financing Agreement 
and (d) as set forth in Section 13.24 (f).

13.29     INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS.

All covenants under Section 10 shall be given independent 
effect so that if a particular action or condition is not 
permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be 
permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the 
limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence 
of a Default or a Matured Default if such action is taken or 
condition exists.

13.30     AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.

(a)	Except as provided in clause (b) or clause (c) of this 
Section 13.30, any term, covenant, agreement or condition of this 
Agreement may be amended only by a written amendment executed by 
the Borrower, the Required Lenders and, if the rights or duties 
of the Agent are affected thereby, the Agent, or compliance 
therewith only may be waived (either generally or in a particular 
instance and either retroactively or prospectively), if the 
Borrower shall have obtained the consent in writing of the 
Required Lenders and, if the rights or duties of the Agent are 
affected thereby, the Agent.
                                
(b)	Notwithstanding clause (a) of this Section 13.30, no 
amendment or waiver that does not have the consent in writing of 
the holders of all outstanding Notes or of all Lenders if no 
Loans are outstanding shall (a) reduce the amount or postpone the 
date of payment of any scheduled payment or required payment of 
principal of the Notes or reduce the rate or extend the time of 
payment of interest on the Notes, or reduce the amount of 
principal thereof, or modify any of the provisions of the Notes 
with respect to the payment or prepayment thereof, (b) give to 
any Note any preference over any other Note, (c) amend any of the 
following definitions: Available Amount, Pro Rata Percentage or 
Required Lenders, (d) alter, modify or amend the provisions of 
this Section 13.30, (e) change the amount or increase the term of 
any of the Commitments or change the fees required under Section 
6, (f) alter, modify or amend the provisions of Section 8 of this 
Agreement, or (g) alter, modify or amend any Lender's right to 
consent to any action, make any request or give any notice.  Any 
such amendment or waiver shall apply equally to all Lenders and 
all the holders of the Notes and shall be binding upon them, upon 
each future holder of any Note and upon the Borrower, whether or 
not such Note shall have been marked to indicate such amendment 
or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver shall extend to or affect 
any obligation not expressly amended or waived.

(c)	Notwithstanding clause (a) of this Section 13.30, the 
Agent and the Borrower, without the consent of either the 
Required Lenders or the holders of all outstanding Notes or of 
all Lenders if no Loans are outstanding, may execute amendments 
to this Agreement and the Financing Agreements which amendments 
consist solely of the making of technical corrections and/or 
other minor changes which do not materially adversely affect the 
rights of the Lenders. 
 
13.31.	FINAL AGREEMENT.

THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT, THE NOTES AND THE OTHER FINANCING 
AGREEMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND 
MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR 
SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN 
ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Balance of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as 
of the day and year first above written.

                                               JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, 
                                               INC., a Delaware corporation
 

                                               By /s/ Gary P. Jensen
                                               -------------------------
                                               Its Executive Vice President,
                                                   Finance and Chief Financial
                                                   Officer
                                                   ---------------------------

                                                SUNSHINE NUT CO., INC., a 
                                                Texas corporation
 

                                                By /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                   ------------------------
                                                Its Assistant Secretary
                                                    -------------------

                                                QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC.,
                                                a Delaware corporation
 

                                                By /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                   -------------------------
                                                Its Assistant Secretary
                                                    -------------------

                                                JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a 
                                                Barbados corporation
 

                                                By /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                   -------------------------
                                                Its Assistant Secretary
                                                    -------------------



                                                U.S. BANCORP AG CREDIT, INC.,
                                                as Agent and as a Lender
                                                950 17th Street, Suite 350
                                                Denver, Colorado  80202


                                                By /s/ Kenneth L. Warlick
                                                   -------------------------
                                                Its Vice President
                                                    --------------    


                                                THE OTHER LENDERS:


                                                KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
                                                as a Lender
                                                
                                                By /s/ Brian Wise
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                Its Vice President
                                                    --------------

                                                LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, as a 
                                                Lender
                                                
                                                By /s/ James Minich 
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                Its Vice President
                                                    --------------


	


        


                           REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE


$35,000,000                                              Denver, Colorado
                                                         March 31, 1998

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC., a 
Delaware corporation ("Sanfilippo"), SUNSHINE NUT CO., INC., a Texas
corporation ("Sunshine"), JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Barbados corporation
("JBS") and QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC., a Delaware corporation ("Quantz"
and collectively with Sanfilippo, JBS and Sunshine, the "Borrower", whether
one or more), promises to pay to the order of U.S. BANCORP AG CREDIT, INC.
f/k/a FBS Ag Credit, Inc., a Colorado corporation (hereinafter referred to
as "Lender"), at such place as U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc. f/k/a FBS Ag
Credit, Inc., as agent for the Lender, may designate, in lawful money of the
United States of America, the principal sum of Thirty Five Million Dollars
($35,000,000) or so much thereof as may be advanced and be outstanding,
together with interest on any and all principal amounts outstanding calculated
in accordance with the provisions set forth below.  This Note is issued under
that certain Credit Agreement dated March 31, 1998 (as the same may be
amended, replaced, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement") between Borrower,  U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc., a Colorado
corporation, as agent (the "Agent"), Lender and the other lenders identified
therein (collectively the "Lenders").

Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to
such terms in the Credit Agreement.  In addition, as used herein, the following
terms shall have the following respective meanings (such terms to be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

"LOAN DOCUMENTS": the Credit Agreement, this Note, all Financing Agreements (as 
defined in the Credit Agreement) and all documents, instruments, certificates
and agreements now or hereafter executed or delivered by the Borrower to the
Agent or the Lender pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any and all
amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, extensions, increases
and rearrangements of, and substitutions for, any of the foregoing.

"MATURITY DATE":  March 31, 2001 or the earlier date of termination in whole of
the Commitments (as defined in the Credit Agreement) pursuant to Section 4.4
or 11.1  of the Credit Agreement.

The outstanding Revolving Loans hereunder may be maintained as Reference Rate
Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans or a combination thereof, at the election of the
Borrower and as more fully provided in the Credit Agreement.  The Borrower
shall have the right to make prepayments of principal in accordance with the
Credit Agreement.

So long as no Matured Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has
occurred or is continuing, the Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of each Revolving Loan made by the Lender from the date of
such Revolving Loan until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the
times and at the rates per annum set forth below: (a) during such periods as
such Revolving Loan is a Reference Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal to the
lesser of (i) the sum of the Reference Rate in effect from time to time plus
the Applicable Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate; or (b) during such
periods as such Revolving Loan is a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum
equal during each Interest Period for such Revolving Loan to the lesser of (i)
the sum of the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period for such Revolving
Loan plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate.  With
respect to each Reference Rate Loan, the rate of interest accruing hereunder
shall change concurrently with each change in the Reference Rate as announced
by U.S. Bank.  All interest under this Note on Reference Rate Loans shall be
due and payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month commencing
April 1, 1998, and on the Maturity Date.  All interest under this Note on
Eurodollar Rate Loans for each Interest Period for each such Loan shall
be due and payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month during
the applicable Interest Period and on the last day of such Interest Period.
The Agent shall make automatic advances of principal under the Credit
Agreement for any and all interest payments as the same become due and
payable.

After the occurrence of a Matured Default and for so long as such Matured
Default is continuing, the Agent may notify the Borrower that any and all
amounts due under this Note or under any other Loan Document, whether for
principal, interest (to the extent permitted by applicable law), fees,
expenses or otherwise, shall bear interest, from the date of such notice by
the Agent and for so long as such Matured Default continues, payable on
demand, at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of three
percent (3.0%) per annum plus the Reference Rate in effect from time to time
and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate.

All computations of interest pursuant to this Note shall be made on the basis
of a year of 360 days, unless the foregoing would result in a rate exceeding
the Highest Lawful Rate, in which case such computations shall be based on a
year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be.  Interest, whether based on a
year of 360, 365 or 366 days, shall be charged for the actual number of days
(including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period
for which such interest is payable.

The unpaid balance of this obligation at any time shall be the total amounts
advanced hereunder by the Lender together with accrued and unpaid interest,
less the amount of payments made hereon by or for the Borrower, which balance
may be endorsed hereon from time to time by the Lender.

In addition to the repayment requirements imposed upon the Borrower under the
Credit Agreement, together with the agreements referred to therein, the
principal amount owing under this Note shall be due and payable in full on
the Maturity Date.

Interim payments made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the
Credit Agreement shall be applied as provided therein.
        
Should any Matured Default occur, then all sums of principal and interest
outstanding hereunder may be declared or may otherwise become immediately
due and payable in accordance with the Credit Agreement, without presentment,
demand or notice of dishonor, all of which are expressly waived, and the
Lender shall have no obligation to make any further Revolving Loans pursuant
to the Credit Agreement.

Should more than one person or entity sign this Note, the obligations of each
signer shall be joint and several.

This Note shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
Colorado.

                                            JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, INC., a 
                                            Delaware corporation
 

                                            By /s/ Gary P. Jensen
                                                  -----------------------------
                                              Its Executive Vice President,
                                                  Finance and Chief Financial
                                                  Officer
                                                  ---------------------------

                                            SUNSHINE NUT CO., INC., a Texas 
                                            corporation
 

                                            By /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                  -------------------------
                                              Its Assistant Secretary
                                                  -------------------

                                            QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC., a 
                                            Delaware corporation
 

                                            By /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                  -----------------------------
                                              Its Assistant Secretary
                                                  -------------------

                                            JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a 
                                            Barbados corporation


                                            By /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                  -----------------------------
                                              Its  President
                                                   -------------------








                      REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE


$15,000,000                                             Denver, Colorado
                                                        March 31, 1998

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, 
INC., a Delaware corporation ("Sanfilippo"), SUNSHINE NUT CO., 
INC., a Texas corporation ("Sunshine"), JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a 
Barbados corporation ("JBS") and QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC., a 
Delaware corporation ("Quantz" and collectively with Sanfilippo, 
JBS and Sunshine, the "Borrower", whether one or more), promises to 
pay to the order of KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (hereinafter 
referred to as "Lender"), at such place as U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, 
Inc. f/k/a FBS Ag Credit, Inc., as agent for the Lender, may 
designate, in lawful money of the United States of America, the 
principal sum of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) or so much 
thereof as may be advanced and be outstanding, together with 
interest on any and all principal amounts outstanding calculated in 
accordance with the provisions set forth below.  This Note is 
issued under that certain Credit Agreement dated March 31, 1998 (as 
the same may be amended, replaced, restated and/or supplemented 
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement") between Borrower, U.S. 
Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc., a Colorado corporation, as agent (the 
"Agent"), Lender and the other lenders identified therein 
(collectively the "Lenders").

Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the 
meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.  In addition, 
as used herein, the following terms shall have the following 
respective meanings (such terms to be equally applicable to both 
the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

"Loan Documents": the Credit Agreement, this Note, all 
Financing Agreements (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and all 
documents, instruments, certificates and agreements now or 
hereafter executed or delivered by the Borrower to the Agent or the 
Lender pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any and all 
amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, extensions, 
increases and rearrangements of, and substitutions for, any of the 
foregoing.

"Maturity Date":  March 31, 2001 or the earlier date of 
termination in whole of the Commitments (as defined in the Credit 
Agreement) pursuant to Section 4.4 or 11.1  of the Credit 
Agreement.

The outstanding Revolving Loans hereunder may be maintained as 
Reference Rate Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans or a combination 
thereof, at the election of the Borrower and as more fully provided 
in the Credit Agreement.  The Borrower shall have the right to make 
prepayments of principal in accordance with the Credit Agreement.


So long as no Matured Default (as defined in the Credit 
Agreement) has occurred or is continuing, the Borrower shall pay 
interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan made 
by the Lender from the date of such Revolving Loan until such 
principal amount shall be paid in full, at the times and at the 
rates per annum set forth below: (a) during such periods as such 
Revolving Loan is a Reference Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal to 
the lesser of (i) the sum of the Reference Rate in effect from time 
to time plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful 
Rate; or (b) during such periods as such Revolving Loan is a 
Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal during each Interest 
Period for such Revolving Loan to the lesser of (i) the sum of the 
Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period for such Revolving Loan 
plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate.  With 
respect to each Reference Rate Loan, the rate of interest accruing 
hereunder shall change concurrently with each change in the 
Reference Rate as announced by U.S. Bank.  All interest under this 
Note on Reference Rate Loans shall be due and payable monthly in 
arrears on the first day of each month commencing April 1, 1998, 
and on the Maturity Date.  All interest under this Note on 
Eurodollar Rate Loans for each Interest Period for each such Loan 
shall be due and payable monthly in arrears on the first day of 
each month during the applicable Interest Period and on the last 
day of such Interest Period. The Agent shall make automatic 
advances of principal under the Credit Agreement for any and all 
interest payments as the same become due and payable.

After the occurrence of a Matured Default and for so long as 
such Matured Default is continuing, the Agent may notify the 
Borrower that any and all  amounts due under this Note or under any 
other Loan Document, whether for principal, interest (to the extent 
permitted by applicable law), fees, expenses or otherwise, shall 
bear interest, from the date of such notice by the Agent and for so 
long as such Matured Default continues, payable on demand, at a 
rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of three percent 
(3.0%) per annum plus the Reference Rate in effect from time to 
time and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate.

All computations of interest pursuant to this Note shall be 
made on the basis of a year of 360 days, unless the foregoing would 
result in a rate exceeding the Highest Lawful Rate, in which case 
such computations shall be based on a year of 365 or 366 days, as 
the case may be.  Interest, whether based on a year of 360, 365 or 
366 days, shall be charged for the actual number of days (including 
the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period 
for which such interest is payable.

The unpaid balance of this obligation at any time shall be the 
total amounts advanced hereunder by the Lender together with 
accrued and unpaid interest, less the amount of payments made 
hereon by or for the Borrower, which balance may be endorsed hereon 
from time to time by the Lender.

In addition to the repayment requirements imposed upon the 
Borrower under the Credit Agreement, together with the agreements 
referred to therein, the principal amount owing under this Note 
shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.  

Interim payments made by Borrower pursuant to and in 
accordance with the Credit Agreement shall be applied as provided 
therein.


Should any Matured Default occur, then all sums of principal 
and interest outstanding hereunder may be declared or may otherwise 
become immediately due and payable in accordance with the Credit 
Agreement, without presentment, demand or notice of dishonor, all 
of which are expressly waived, and the Lender shall have no 
obligation to make any further Revolving Loans pursuant to the 
Credit Agreement.

Should more than one person or entity sign this Note, the 
obligations of each signer shall be joint and several.

This Note shall be construed in accordance with the laws of 
the State of Colorado.

                                             JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, 
                                             INC., a Delaware corporation
 

                                             By  /s/ Gary P. Jensen
                                                ------------------------
                                             Its Executive Vice President,
                                                 Finance and Chief Financial
                                                 Officer
                                                 ---------------------------

                                             SUNSHINE NUT CO., INC., a 
                                             Texas corporation
 

                                             By  /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                 ------------------------
                                             Its Assistant Secretary
                                                 -------------------

                                             QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC.,
                                             a Delaware corporation
 
                                             By  /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                 ------------------------
                                             Its Assistant Secretary
                                                 -------------------
                                             

                                             JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a
                                             Barbados corporation
 

                                             By  /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                 ------------------------
                                             Its President
                                                 ---------






                                 


                     REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE


$20,000,000                                              Denver, Colorado
                                                         March 31, 1998

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, 
INC., a Delaware corporation ("Sanfilippo"), SUNSHINE NUT CO., 
INC., a Texas corporation ("Sunshine"), JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a 
Barbados corporation ("JBS") and QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC., a 
Delaware corporation ("Quantz" and collectively with Sanfilippo, 
JBS and Sunshine, the "Borrower", whether one or more), promises to 
pay to the order of LASALLE NATIONAL BANK (hereinafter referred to 
as "Lender"), at such place as U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc. f/k/a 
FBS Ag Credit, Inc., as agent for the Lender, may designate, in 
lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of 
Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) or so much thereof as may be 
advanced and be outstanding, together with interest on any and all 
principal amounts outstanding calculated in accordance with the 
provisions set forth below.  This Note is issued under that certain 
Credit Agreement dated March 31, 1998 (as the same may be amended, 
replaced, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, the 
"Credit Agreement") between Borrower, U.S. Bancorp Ag Credit, Inc., 
a Colorado corporation, as agent (the "Agent"), Lender and the 
other lenders identified therein (collectively the "Lenders").

Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the 
meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.  In addition, 
as used herein, the following terms shall have the following 
respective meanings (such terms to be equally applicable to both 
the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

"Loan Documents": the Credit Agreement, this Note, all 
Financing Agreements (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and all 
documents, instruments, certificates and agreements now or 
hereafter executed or delivered by the Borrower to the Agent or the 
Lender pursuant to any of the foregoing, and any and all 
amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, extensions, 
increases and rearrangements of, and substitutions for, any of the 
foregoing.

"Maturity Date":  March 31, 2001 or the earlier date of 
termination in whole of the Commitments (as defined in the Credit 
Agreement) pursuant to Section 4.4 or 11.1  of the Credit 
Agreement.

The outstanding Revolving Loans hereunder may be maintained as 
Reference Rate Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans or a combination 
thereof, at the election of the Borrower and as more fully provided 
in the Credit Agreement.  The Borrower shall have the right to make 
prepayments of principal in accordance with the Credit Agreement.


So long as no Matured Default (as defined in the Credit 
Agreement) has occurred or is continuing, the Borrower shall pay 
interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan made 
by the Lender from the date of such Revolving Loan until such 
principal amount shall be paid in full, at the times and at the 
rates per annum set forth below: (a) during such periods as such 
Revolving Loan is a Reference Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal to 
the lesser of (i) the sum of the Reference Rate in effect from time 
to time plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful 
Rate; or (b) during such periods as such Revolving Loan is a 
Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal during each Interest 
Period for such Revolving Loan to the lesser of (i) the sum of the 
Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period for such Revolving Loan 
plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate.  With 
respect to each Reference Rate Loan, the rate of interest accruing 
hereunder shall change concurrently with each change in the 
Reference Rate as announced by U.S. Bank.  All interest under this 
Note on Reference Rate Loans shall be due and payable monthly in 
arrears on the first day of each month commencing April 1, 1998, 
and on the Maturity Date.  All interest under this Note on 
Eurodollar Rate Loans for each Interest Period for each such Loan 
shall be due and payable monthly in arrears on the first day of 
each month during the applicable Interest Period and on the last 
day of such Interest Period. The Agent shall make automatic 
advances of principal under the Credit Agreement for any and all 
interest payments as the same become due and payable.

After the occurrence of a Matured Default and for so long as 
such Matured Default is continuing, the Agent may notify the 
Borrower that any and all  amounts due under this Note or under any 
other Loan Document, whether for principal, interest (to the extent 
permitted by applicable law), fees, expenses or otherwise, shall 
bear interest, from the date of such notice by the Agent and for so 
long as such Matured Default continues, payable on demand, at a 
rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of three percent 
(3.0%) per annum plus the Reference Rate in effect from time to 
time and (ii) the Highest Lawful Rate.

All computations of interest pursuant to this Note shall be 
made on the basis of a year of 360 days, unless the foregoing would 
result in a rate exceeding the Highest Lawful Rate, in which case 
such computations shall be based on a year of 365 or 366 days, as 
the case may be.  Interest, whether based on a year of 360, 365 or 
366 days, shall be charged for the actual number of days (including 
the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period 
for which such interest is payable.

The unpaid balance of this obligation at any time shall be the 
total amounts advanced hereunder by the Lender together with 
accrued and unpaid interest, less the amount of payments made 
hereon by or for the Borrower, which balance may be endorsed hereon 
from time to time by the Lender.

In addition to the repayment requirements imposed upon the 
Borrower under the Credit Agreement, together with the agreements 
referred to therein, the principal amount owing under this Note 
shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.  

Interim payments made by Borrower pursuant to and in 
accordance with the Credit Agreement shall be applied as provided 
therein.


Should any Matured Default occur, then all sums of principal 
and interest outstanding hereunder may be declared or may otherwise 
become immediately due and payable in accordance with the Credit 
Agreement, without presentment, demand or notice of dishonor, all 
of which are expressly waived, and the Lender shall have no 
obligation to make any further Revolving Loans pursuant to the 
Credit Agreement.

Should more than one person or entity sign this Note, the 
obligations of each signer shall be joint and several.

This Note shall be construed in accordance with the laws of 
the State of Colorado.

                                                JOHN B. SANFILIPPO & SON, 
                                                INC., a Delaware corporation
                                          

                                                By  /s/ Gary P. Jensen
                                                  -------------------------
                                                Its Executive Vice President,
                                                    Finance and Chief Financial
                                                    Officer
                                                    ---------------------------

                                                SUNSHINE NUT CO., INC., a
                                                Texas corporation
 

                                                By   /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                   -------------------------
                                                Its Assistant Secretary  
                                                    -------------------

                                                QUANTZ ACQUISITION CO., INC.,
                                                a Delaware corporation
                                            
                                                By  /s/ Michael J. Valentine
                                                   -------------------------
                                                Its Assistant Secretary
                                                    -------------------

                                                JBS INTERNATIONAL, INC., a 
                                                Barbados corporation
                                                
                                                By  /s/ Michael J. Valentine  
                                                   -------------------------
                                                Its President 
                                                    ---------







                                        


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the John B.
Sanfilippo & Son, Inc. Consolidated Statement of Operations for the thirty-nine
weeks ended March 26, 1998 and Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 26, 1998
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-25-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-26-1998
<CASH>                                             255
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   17,921
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    110,315
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               133,187
<PP&E>                                         135,649
<DEPRECIATION>                                  59,287
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 224,848
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           80,040
<BONDS>                                         65,450
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            93
<OTHER-SE>                                      77,601
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   224,848
<SALES>                                        248,084
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               248,084
<CGS>                                          203,911
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  203,911
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,254
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  7,834
<INCOME-TAX>                                     3,212
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              4,622
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     4,622
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.51
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.50
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission